Fix merging new version

pull/2/head
Lyn Perrine 4 years ago
commit 03f81dbd27

@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ Before starting, you need a few tools.
- `texlive-formats-extra`
- `latexmk`
- `python3-sphinx-rtd-theme`
- `python3-sphinx-bootstrap-theme`
## Getting the code
@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ Contents
20/foo_bar
```
Then run `make clean && make html && make latexpdf` in the root of the manual directory and it should build successfully with zero warnings!
Then run `make clean && make html && make latexpdf` in the root of the manual directory and it should build successfully with zero warnings! (Might take several trials to get `make latexpdf` without any errors.)
## Getting multiple Versions to Work
To change into the file for the code you cloned from git of sphinxconfig-versioning and run ``` cd sphinxcontrib-versioning && sudo python3 setup.py install```

@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
| :construction_worker: | 3.1.1 |
| :white_checkmark: | 3.1.2 |
| :white_checkmark: | 3.1.3 |
| :construction_worker: | 3.1.4 |
| :construction_worker: | 3.1.5 |
| :construction_worker: | 3.1.6 |
| :construction_worker: | 3.1.7 |
| :white_checkmark: | 3.1.4 |
| :whtie_checkmark: | 3.1.5 |
| :white_checkmark: | 3.1.6 |
| :white_checkmark: | 3.1.7 |
| :white_checkmark: | 3.1.8 |
| :construction_worker: | 3.1.9 |
| :white_checkmark: | 3.2 |
@ -77,7 +77,7 @@
| :construction_worker: | Appendix A |
| :white_checkmark: | Appendix B |
| :white_checkmark: | Appendix C |
| :construction_worker: | Appendix D |
| :construction_worker: | Appendix E |
| :white_checkmark: | Appendix D |
| :white_checkmark: | Appendix E |
| :white_checkmark: | Appendix F |
| :construction_worker: | Appendix G |

@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
# Lubuntu Manual Source Code
This is the Lubuntu Manual source code. The concept was derived from [the Kubuntu Manual](https://github.com/ahoneybun/kubuntu-manual). The master branch of this data is now on LXQt for Lubuntu 18.10+ and if you want code for earlier versions it is on the LXDE branch. For each relase of a distro go to the numerical number of that release such as 19.10. To see what is currently in master [manual master branch](https://manual.lubuntu.me/master/) and to see the current stable version look at [stable manual branch](https://manual.lubuntu.me/stable/)
This is the Lubuntu Manual source code. The concept was derived from [the Kubuntu Manual](https://github.com/ahoneybun/kubuntu-manual). The master branch of this data is now on LXQt for Lubuntu 18.10+ and if you want code for earlier versions it is on the LXDE branch. For each relase of a distro go to the numerical number of that release such as 19.10. To see what is currently in master [manual master branch](https://manual.lubuntu.me/master/) and to see the current stable version look at [stable manual branch](https://manual.lubuntu.me/stable/) . To see what is currently for LTS releseases are hosted at [manual lts branch](https://manual.lubuntu.me/lts/)
## How it works
@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ You can see the options for building the documentation by running `make help`. Y
To contribute to the Lubuntu Manual, you can either create a request on Launchpad, or send patch mail to [lubuntu-devel@lists.ubuntu.com](mailto:lubuntu-devel@lists.ubuntu.com) and prefix the subject with `[Lubuntu Manual Pull Request]`.
If you really want to learn more about sphinx to help Lyn Perrine found this pycon video helpful [Carol_Willing-Practical_Sphinx] (https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=0ROZRNZkPS8)
If you really want to learn more about sphinx Lyn Perrine found this pycon video helpful [Carol_Willing-Practical_Sphinx] (https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=0ROZRNZkPS8)
If you want short help on how to format things see StyleGuide.rst in this directory.

@ -5,22 +5,23 @@ Style Guide
- Use code directives for input into the command line.
- Use :guilabel:`Button` for several different buttons and checkboxes.
- Use :guilabel:`Button` for buttons and checkboxes.
- Use :kbd:`Shortcut` for keyboard shortcuts and buttons you press.
- Use :menuselection:`Item --> Subitem` for things in menus and context menus.
- Use the - for bullet pointed lists usually at the beginning of lists of features.
- Use oxford commas as easier for added or removing features.
- Use oxford commas for easier adding or removing features.
- Order sections like Summary --> Usage --> Screenshot (if one or two) --> Version --> How To Launch --> Customizing (If nesecary)
- Order sections Summary --> Usage --> Screenshot (if one or two) --> Version --> How To Launch --> Customizing (If necessary)
Sections
--------
- Start each program or section being underlines with =
- Have - put under them for a section about a program.
- Keep screenshots near the text that describes them
- Start each program or section being underlines with =

@ -12,12 +12,12 @@ parts:
my-part:
source: https://phab.lubuntu.me/source/manual.git
source-type: git
build-packages: [python3-pip, python3-sphinx, latexmk, python3-sphinx-rtd-theme, python3-sphinx-bootstrap-theme]
build-packages: [python3-pip, python3-sphinx, python3-sphinx-rtd-theme, python3-sphinx-bootstrap-theme]
plugin: make
make-parameters: [html]
artifacts: [build/html/]
launcher:
source: snap/local
source: snap/local/snap/local
plugin: dump
apps:
lubuntu-manual:

@ -39,9 +39,11 @@ To verify the image, run this from the command line:
.. code::
sha256sum lubuntu-20.04-desktop-amd64.iso
and then carefully check that the output matches cc18a581d2e4d86f3f29ef44c12a0c42b54cde93db9fc5f7c3f10db1aff3fa9a \*lubuntu-20.04-desktop-amd64.iso
sha256sum lubuntu-20.10-desktop-amd64.iso
and then carefully check that the output matches
42882c32c3098888a50a1e54bb42624bfafab8fd3714a8a8cd55d9fc975c84df \*groovy-desktop-amd64.iso
Downloading the image via BitTorrent
@ -50,7 +52,7 @@ Instead of downloading the image from one server, you can "torrent" the image, o
In order to torrent the file, you need a BitTorrent client. We recommend `Transmission <https://transmissionbt.com/>`_, an Open Source BitTorrent client. Since Transmission only provides clients for Linux and macOS, we recommend `qbittorrent <https://www.qbittorrent.org/download.php>`_ for Windows users.
The BitTorrent links can be found on our Downloads page or `cdimage.ubuntu.com`_ , both linked above.
The BitTorrent links can be found on our Downloads page or `cdimage.ubuntu.com`_, both linked above.
After you have downloaded the link you need, open it in your BitTorrent client. This will download the image. After this is done, we recommend that you leave your BitTorrent client open so you can seed this image for other people, which helps reduce bandwidth costs even further by decentralizing the download location for other users.
@ -77,6 +79,10 @@ To download the image using zsync run
.. code::
<<<<<<< HEAD
zsync http://cdimage.ubuntu.com/lubuntu/releases/focal/release/lubuntu-20.04-desktop-amd64.iso.zsync
=======
zsync http://cdimage.ubuntu.com/lubuntu/releases/groovy/release/lubuntu-20.10-desktop-amd64.iso.zsync
>>>>>>> master
**You have now downloaded the image successfully. Please continue to Chapter 1.2.**

@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ Guides from the Ubuntu website:
- `How to burn a DVD on Windows <https://tutorials.ubuntu.com/tutorial/tutorial-burn-a-dvd-on-windows>`_
- `How to burn a DVD on macOS <https://tutorials.ubuntu.com/tutorial/tutorial-burn-a-dvd-on-macos>`_
For writing images to USB drives on Linux, we recommend `mkusb <https://help.ubuntu.com/community/mkusb>`_ a tool developed by a Lubuntu team member, or the USB creator shipped with Lubuntu `Startup Disk Creator <https://manual.lubuntu.me/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.html>`_ .
For writing images to USB drives on Linux, we recommend `mkusb <https://help.ubuntu.com/community/mkusb>`_ a tool developed by a Lubuntu team member, or the USB creator shipped with Lubuntu `Startup Disk Creator <https://manual.lubuntu.me/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.html>`_.
Writing images to USB drives from macOS or Windows is beyond the scope of this book, but the Ubuntu website also
has several guides on this:

@ -5,11 +5,13 @@ This is a guide through the installation process of Lubuntu.
Starting the installer
----------------------
Once you have booted the Lubuntu image, you will be greeted by a screen with the following options: :menuselection:`Start Lubuntu`, :menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`, :menuselection:`Check disk for defects`, :menuselection:`Test memory`, and :menuselection:`Boot from first hard disk`. To start the install select :menuselection:`Start Lubuntu`, you will now be booting into a live session. If Lubuntu has trouble with your graphics card you can start the live session with :menuselection:`Start Lubuntu(safe graphics)`. The :menuselection:`Check disk for defects` option offers a way to check integrity of the disk-image once it is burned onto the install media (USB or DVD). Please use this if you have problems installing as it could be bad media. The :menuselection:`Test memory` option tests to make sure your RAM works on your computer. To switch your keyboard layout on the live session press :kbd:`F3` and select your keyboard layout. To bring back up the language selection press :kbd:`F2`.
Once you have booted the Lubuntu image, you will be greeted by a screen with the following options: :menuselection:`Start Lubuntu`, :menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`, :menuselection:`Check disk for defects`, :menuselection:`Test memory`, and :menuselection:`Boot from first hard disk`. To start the install select :menuselection:`Start Lubuntu`, you will now be booting into a live session. If Lubuntu has trouble with your graphics card you can start the live session with :menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`. The :menuselection:`Check disk for defects` option offers a way to check integrity of the disk-image once it is burned onto the install media (USB or DVD). Please use this if you have problems installing as it could be bad media. The :menuselection:`Test memory` option tests to make sure your RAM works on your computer. To switch your keyboard layout on the live session press :kbd:`F3` and select your keyboard layout. To bring back up the language selection press :kbd:`F2`.
.. image:: boot_installer.png
Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu and make sure all your hardware works. Once you are ready to install Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-left corner of the desktop :guilabel:`Install Lubuntu 20.04`.
Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu and make sure all your hardware works. Once you are ready to install Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-left corner of the desktop :guilabel:`Install Lubuntu 20.10`.
.. image:: live_session.png

Binary file not shown.

Before

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 66 KiB

After

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 86 KiB

@ -28,8 +28,12 @@ To open a new tab in Firefox press the plus button on the right of the tab bar o
To go back to a previous page in Firefox press the button pointing to the left or press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow`. To open the page you were previously browsing in a new tab middle click the back button. To go forward to a page you have visited before but have now gone back from press the button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Alt + Right arrow`. Middle click on the forward button to open the page you went back from in a new tab. To download a file directly to your local disk right click :menuselection:`Save Link As` file as and then you will get a dialog box to show where to save it.
To open a window with all of your downloads on it press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Y`. To open PCManFM-Qt in the folder where you downloaded things right click and select on the download and select :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To get a link for someone else to download something right click on the downloaded content right click and select :menuselection:`Copy Download Link`.
To open a window with all of your downloads press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Y`. To open PCManFM-Qt in the folder where you downloaded things right click and select on the download and select :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To get a link for someone else to download something right click on the downloaded content right click and select :menuselection:`Copy Download Link`. To open a downloaded file double click on it.
.. image:: firefox-downloads.png
@ -49,21 +53,34 @@ To zoom in if you find the text on a web page to small press :kbd:`control + +`.
To print a webpage such as directions you can click the button with horizontal bars and select :menuselection:`Print` from the menu. You can also print by pressing :kbd:`Control+P`.
If you want a menubar for Firefox right click the main toolbar and click the checkbox for :menuselection:`Menu Bar`. To reload a tab even one you are not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Reload Tab`, press :kbd:`F5`, :kbd:`Control+R`. To mute a tab even when you are not on it you can right click on the tab and then select :menuselection:`Mute Tab` or by pressing :kbd:`Control+m`. To open a new copy of a tab right click on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`Duplicate Tab`. To move a tab all the way to the left right click on the tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to the right right click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. To move a tab to a new window right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to new Window`. To open a new private window press :kbd:`Control+Shift+P`. If you want to bookmark a tab right click the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the right of the current tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to the right`. To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`.
If you want a menubar for Firefox right click the main toolbar and click the checkbox for :menuselection:`Menu Bar`. To reload a tab even one you are not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Reload Tab`, press :kbd:`F5`, or :kbd:`Control+R`. To mute a tab even when you are not on it you can right clicking on the tab and then select :menuselection:`Mute Tab` or by pressing :kbd:`Control+m`. To open a new copy of a tab right click on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`Duplicate Tab`. To move a tab all the way to the left right click on the tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to the right right click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. To move a tab to a new window right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to new Window`. To open a new private window press :kbd:`Control+Shift+P`. If you want to bookmark a tab right click the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the right of the current tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to the right`. To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`.
.. image:: firefox-tab-context.png
If you want to view your Firefox preferences you can type about:preferences into the address bar. To have your session restored each time you restart Firefox is on the general tab of Firefox preferences is to press restore previous session. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores your tab when you close Firefox. The tabs section has a checkbox to :guilabel:`Open links in new tabs` instead of new windows which is checked by default. The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a link a new tab switch to it immediately` switches to new tabs when you open them. The radio button group for :guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save downloads or always ask to save files.
Customizing
-----------
To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` has settings for your home and opening of new tabs. The :guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop down lets you select the Firefox home or a blank page when you first open the browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose Firefox home or blank page when you open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you toggle whether to show a web search on the Firefox homepage. The checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the sites you visit the most. The checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` toggles links recommend by pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` checkbox to not have sponsored stories from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows site that you have saved or visited recently.
If you want to view your Firefox preferences you can type about:preferences into the address bar or :menuselection:`Hamburger menu --> Preferences`. To have your session restored each time you restart Firefox is to check the :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores your previous session's tabs when you close Firefox. The tabs section has a checkbox to :guilabel:`Open links in new tabs instead of new windows` which is checked by default. The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a link a new tab switch to it immediately` switches to new tabs when you open them. To change your default fonts and colors use the :guilabel:`Fonts and Colors` section. To select the default font choose :guilabel:`Default font` from the field. To select a different font size change the :guilabel:`Size` field. To change the default zoom change the :guilabel:`Default zoom` field. To only zoom the text check the :guilabel:`Zoom text only` checkbox. The radio button group for :guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save downloads or always ask to save files. To toggle drm controlled content check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play DRM-controlled content` checkbox.
To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` has settings for your home and opening of new tabs. The :guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop down lets you select the Firefox home or a blank page when you first open the browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose :menuselection:`Firefox Home` or :menuselection:`Blank Page` when you open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you toggle whether to show a web search on the Firefox homepage. To show the sites you visit the most check the checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites`. To change how many rows of top sites to show use the drop down menu to the right of :guilabel:`Top Sites`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` toggles links recommend by pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored Stories` checkbox to not have sponsored stories from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows site that you have saved or visited recently. To change how many rows of highlighs are shown use the drop down menu to the right of :guilabel:`Highlights`.
.. image:: prefrenceshome.png
To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`Search` tab on preferences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether you want a separate search bar or and integrated search bar for search and navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search Engine` lets you change your default search engine. To toggle whether to search suggestions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`.
To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`Search` tab on preferences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether you want a separate search bar or and integrated search bar for search and navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search Engine` lets you change your default search engine. To toggle whether to search suggestions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`. To end up showing search suggestions in the address bar when searching check the :guilabel:`Show search suggestions in address bar results` checkbox. To try to autocomplete searches before browsing history check the :guilabel:`Show search suggestions ahead of browsing history in address bar results` checkbox.
To change settingss for How Firefox handles security and privacy settings use the :guilabel:`Privacy & Security` tab. To increase protection against ptrackers press the :guilabel:`Strict` button and to switch back press the :guilabel:`Standard` button. To send website you do not want to be track header always press the :guilabel:`Always` button.
.. warning::
Deleting Firefox user data will log you out of online accounts and if you do not know your password you will need to recover your password or you may lose accesss to online accounts.
To see what websites store data on you locally preess the :guilabel:`Manage Data` button. To clear all firefox data you currently have press the :guilabel:`Clear Data` button. To have firefox get rid of all cookies when firefox is closed check the :guilabel:`Delete cookies and site data when Firefox is closed` checkbox. To have firefox not autofill logins and passwords uncheck the :guilabel:`Autofill logins and passwords` checkbox. To see your saved logins press the :guilabel:`Saved Logins` button. To chose what sites not to save passwords for certain websites press the :guilabel:`Exceptions` button.
Version
----------
Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox 77.
Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox 80.
How to Launch
----------------
@ -80,4 +97,6 @@ from the terminal to run Firefox. You can also from the command line have Firefo
firefox https://manual.lubuntu.me
You can also launch Firefox from the quick launch by default by left clicking on it. The icon for Firefox looks like a globe with a red fox circling around it.
You can also launch Firefox from the quick launch by left clicking on the Firefox icon. The icon for Firefox looks like a globe with a red fox circling around it. Yet another way to launch Firefox is to press the browser button on your keyboard.

@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ Screenshots
Usage
------
To open a torrent file press the open or simply double clicking the torrent file from a web browser after opening it will start Transmission. The torrent file will start download and using your connection to upload to others in a so called peer to peer network. At the bottom you will see an arrow pointing downward to show how fast you are downloading. The up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to other people downloading that file. To open a torrent URL :menuselection:`File --> Open URL` or press :kbd:`Control+U`. Once you have this you will input the URL in the :guilabel:`Source` area. To choose where to save the torrent change :guilabel:`Destination folder` button. To actually start downloading press the :guilabel:`Open` button.
To open a torrent file press the open or simply double clicking the torrent file from a web browser after opening it will start Transmission. The torrent file will start download and using your connection to upload to others in a so called peer to peer network. At the bottom there is a downward pointing arrow to show how fast you are downloading. The up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to other people downloading that file. To open a torrent URL :menuselection:`File --> Open URL` or press :kbd:`Control+U`. Once you have this you will input the URL in the :guilabel:`Source` area. To choose where to save the torrent change :guilabel:`Destination folder` button. To actually start downloading press the :guilabel:`Open` button.
While you download your file a progress bar with will show your download for each file once you have it entirely you have see how many people you are seeding to each person and how fast you are uploading to that person.
@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ If you want have a move compact view :menuselection:`View --> Compact View` or p
To sort your torrents by activity :menuselection:`View --> Sort by Activity`. To sort your torrents by age :menuselection:`View --> Sort by Age`. To sort your torrents by name :menuselection:`View --> Sort by Name`. To sort your torrents by Progress :menuselection:`View --> Sort by Progress`. To sort your torrents by Queue :menuselection:`View --> Sort by Queue`. To sort your torrents by ratio uploaded to downloaded :menuselection:`View --> Sort by ratio`. To sort your torrents by size :menuselection:`View --> Sort by Size`. To sort your torrents by State :menuselection:`View --> Sort by State`. To sort your torrents by time to finish downloading :menuselection:`View --> Sort by time left`. To reverse the sort order :menuselection:`View --> Reverse sort order`.
To move a torrent down on where it appears on the screen and the queue :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move Down`. To move a torrent up in the queue :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move Up`. To Move a torrent file to the top :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to Top`. To move a torrent file to the bottom :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to Bottom`.
To move a torrent down on where it appears on the screen and the queue :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move Down` or :kbd:`Control+down`. To move a torrent up in the queue :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move Up` or press :kbd:`Control+ up arrow`. To Move a torrent file to the top :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to Top`. To move a torrent file to the bottom :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to Bottom`.
If you do not want to prioritize the speed of your torrents press the button on the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change the ratio view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe button --> Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the current session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view your transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Transfer`.
@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ To open the file manager in the folder of your torrent press :kbd:`Control+E` or
Torrent Properties
------------------
To bring a up a properties dialog window press :kbd:`Alt +Enter` or :menuselection:`Torrent --> Properties`. To show how much of the file you have on that torrent is under the :guilabel:`Have` row which shows both the size and the percentage of the file. The :guilabel:`Uploaded` row shows how much of the torrent you have uploaded to other peers. The :guilabel:`Downloaded` row shows how much you have downloaded on your computer. The :guilabel:`State` row shows what the torrent is currently doing. The :guilabel:`Remaining time` row shows how long it will take for the torrent to finish downloaded. To show how much The :guilabel:`Location` row shows you where the file is saved on your system. The :guilabel:`Size` row shows how much space the torrent takes when downloaded. The :guilabel:`Origin` row shows when you first downloaded this torrent.
To bring a up a properties dialog window press :kbd:`Alt +Enter` or :menuselection:`Torrent --> Properties`. To show how much of the file you have on that torrent is under the :guilabel:`Have` row which shows the size downloaded and the percentage of the file. The :guilabel:`Uploaded` row shows how much of the torrent you have uploaded to other peers. The :guilabel:`Downloaded` row shows how much you have downloaded on your computer. The :guilabel:`State` row shows what the torrent is currently doing. The :guilabel:`Remaining time` row shows how long it will take for the torrent to finish downloaded. The :guilabel:`Size` row shows how much space the torrent takes when downloaded. The :guilabel:`Location` row shows you where the file is saved on your system. The :guilabel:`Origin` row shows when you first downloaded this torrent.
.. image:: transmission-prop.png
@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ The :guilabel:`Files` tab shows what files this torrent has downloaded. To see t
Version
-------
Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission.
Lubuntu ships with version 3.00 of Transmission.
How to Launch
-------------

@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
Chapter 2.1.4 Bluedevil
=======================
Chapter 2.1.4 Bluedevil and Bluetooth
=====================================
Bluedevil is the default application to manage Bluetooth devices for Lubuntu.
@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ To launch Bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu :menuselection:`Internet
.. code::
bluedeveil-wizard
bluedevil-wizard
. If Bluetooth is disabled you will be asked to enable it. In the main part of the window will show detected Bluetooth devices under the heading :guilabel:`Select a device`. To choose a device to pair with left click on it. Click on the device you wish to add and press :guilabel:`Next`.
@ -29,9 +29,58 @@ to open the file sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send a file
.. image:: bluedevil-sendfile.png
Shortcomings
------------
While Bluedevil can handle most basic operations, some tasks need to be completed via the command line. Here are some common tasks:
Listing Paired Devices
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
You can list the devices that are already paired by running the following:
.. code::
$ bt-device -l
Added devices:
FOO BAR (00:11:22:33:44:55)
Connect to Paired Device Manually
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
To connect to `FOO BAR`, you would run:
.. code::
$ bluetoothctl connect 00:11:22:33:44:55
Attempting to connect to 00:11:22:33:44:55
[CHG] Device 00:11:22:33:44:55 Connected: yes
Connection successful
Disconnect From Paired Device Manually
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
To disconnect from `FOO BAR`, you would run:
.. code::
$ bluetoothctl disconnect 00:11:22:33:44:55
Attempting to disconnect from 00:11:22:33:44:55
[CHG] Device 00:11:22:33:44:55 ServicesResolved: no
Successful disconnected
More Commands
^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Running the following will give you many more options for configuration via the command line:
.. code::
$ bluetoothctl -h
Version
-------
Lubuntu ships with version 5.18.3 of Bluedevil.
Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.4 of Bluedevil.

@ -63,4 +63,4 @@ To launch Trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> Trojita` or run
trojita
from the command line. The icon for Trojita looks like an envelope.
from the command line. The icon for Trojita looks like an envelope with a blue piece of paper.

@ -23,11 +23,12 @@ To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy to Clipb
To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` or :kbd:`page down` and conversely to view the previous image press the :kbd:`left arrow` or :kbd:`page up`. You can also scroll between different pictures with the mousewheel or by pressing the right and left pointing arrow buttons on the toolbar. To jump to the first picture press :kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`. You can also go to the next or previous files with :menuselection:`Go --> Previous File` or :menuselection:`Go --> Next File`.
To view thumbnails of the current directory you can toggle thumbnails by pressing :kbd:`T` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Thumbnails` and thumbnails will show at the bottom with a scrollbar at the bottom of the window to view the whole folder. To open the thumbnail of a picture in a another program such as one to edit that picture right click :menuselection:`Open With` and select the program you want to edit with. To rename an image after viewing it right click on the thumbnail select :menuselection:`Rename` and type the filename for the picture you want. To move a file to the trash can right click on it and select :menuselection:`Move to Trash`.
To view thumbnails of the current directory you can toggle thumbnails by pressing :kbd:`T` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Thumbnails` and thumbnails will show at the bottom with a scrollbar at the bottom of the window to view the whole folder. To open the thumbnail of a picture in a another program such as one to edit that picture right click :menuselection:`Open With` and select the program you want to edit with or you can do this by :menuselection:`File --> Open With`. To rename an image after viewing it right click on the thumbnail select :menuselection:`Rename` and type the filename for the picture you want. To move a file to the trash can right click on it and select :menuselection:`Move to Trash`.
.. image:: lximage-thumb.png
To view the picture entirely at its original size press :menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a vertical and horizontal arrow and a folded over bottom right corner. To return your image to its original size press the magnifying button with 1:1 inside it or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size`. To show information about the settings on the camera :menuselection:`View --> Show EXIF Data`.
To view the picture entirely at its original size press :menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a vertical and horizontal arrow and a folded over bottom right corner. To return your image to its original size press the magnifying button with 1:1 inside it or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size`. To show an outline around the image :kbd:`O` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Outline`. To show information about the settings on the camera :menuselection:`View --> Show EXIF Data`.
To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11`, right click :menuselection:`Fullscreen`, double click on the image, or :menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of you pictures in your current folder :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow` or right click and select :menuselection:`Slide Show`. Once you start the slideshow on the toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar.
@ -41,13 +42,14 @@ Screenshot
Customizing
-----------
To change prefrences in LXImage :menuselection:`Edit --> Prefrences`. To change the background color in a window press the button next to :guilabel:`Normal background color` and then a window will pop up showing your color choice. To change the background color when fullscreen press the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen background color` and the same color picker window will appear. To change how long it takes for a each slide to change change in a slideshow change the :guilabel:`Slide show interval (seconds)` field. To cancel your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your settings and exit the preference dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` button.
To change preferences in LXImage :menuselection:`Edit --> Preferences`. To change the background color in a window press the button next to :guilabel:`Normal background color` and then a window will pop up showing your color choice. To change the background color when fullscreen press the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen background color` and the same color picker window will appear. To change how long it takes for a each slide to change change in a slideshow change the :guilabel:`Slide show interval (seconds)` field. To cancel your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your settings and exit the preference dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` button. To show the image outline by default check the :guilabel:`Show image outline by default` checkbox. To show the annotations toolbar by default check the :guilabel:`Show annotations toolbar by default`.
.. image:: lximage-prefrences.png
Version
-------
Lubuntu ships with version 0.14.1 or LXImage.
Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 or LXImage.
How to Launch
-------------

@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ Screenshot
Version
-------
Lubuntu ships with version 1.101 of ScreenGrab.
Lubuntu ships with version 2.0.1 of ScreenGrab.
How to Launch
-------------
@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ To change your settings on ScreenGrab press the :guilabel:`gear` button or press
To restore your options to default press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To cancel making changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To save your changes press the :guilabel:`Save button`.
To change your settings on multiple windows and automatically saving use the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To automatically insert a time and date in the file name check the :guilabel:`Insert current date and time in file name` checkbox. To change how this date appears enter the date in the :guilabel:`Template` field that only shows if you insert the date and time. To automatically save each screenshot check the :guilabel:`Autosave screenshot` checkbox. To save the first screenshot check the :guilabel:`Save first screenshot` checkbox that only shows if you are saving the first screenshot. To allow more than one ScreenGrab window check the :guilabel:`Allow multiple instances of ScreenGrab` checkbox.
To change your settings on multiple windows and automatically saving use the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To automatically insert a time and date in the file name check the :guilabel:`Insert current date and time in file name` checkbox. To change how this date appears enter the date in the :guilabel:`Template` field that only shows if you insert the date and time. To automatically save each screenshot check the :guilabel:`Autosave screenshot` checkbox. To save the first screenshot check the :guilabel:`Save first screenshot` checkbox that only shows if you are saving the first screenshot. To allow more than one ScreenGrab window check the :guilabel:`Allow multiple instances of ScreenGrab` checkbox. To allow editing in a different image viewer check the :guilabel:`Enable external viewer` checkbox.
.. image:: ScreenGrab-advanced.png

@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ To change to your specific options for your scanner use the :guilabel:`Scanner S
Version
-------
Lubuntu ships with version 2.1.0 of Skanlite.
Lubuntu ships with version 2.2.0 of Skanlite.
Screenshot
----------

@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ Screenshot
Usage
------
To open a file in a archive, open the archive, then double click the :menuselection:`File --> Open` button. If you want to extract or move a file from the archive, use the extract button. After you have extracted to places and you have the file open it will appear in in the menu for quick areas to extract to in :menuselection:`Archive --> Extract All --> Quick Extract to`. To preview a file press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Preview`. To open a file placed in an archive :menuselection:`File --> Open`. To rename a file in an archive press :kbd:`f2` or :menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete a file from an archive press :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete` and you will have a confirmation so you do not accidentally lose data as this can't be undone.
To open a file in a archive, open the archive, then double click the :menuselection:`File --> Open`. If you want to extract or move all files from the archive, use the extract button. After you have extracted to places and you have the file open it will appear in in the menu for quick areas to extract to in :menuselection:`Archive --> Extract All --> Quick Extract to`. To preview a file press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Preview`. To open a file placed in an archive :menuselection:`File --> Open`. To rename a file in an archive press :kbd:`f2` or :menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete a file from an archive press :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete` and you will have a confirmation so you do not accidentally lose data as this can't be undone.
To create an archive press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`Archive --> New` to bring up the create new archive dialog. Enter in the :guilabel:`Folder` you want to create this archive in the folder or press the folder button on the right to select where to create this archive. Type the :guilabel:`Filename` of the archive you want to name the file. To select which type of archive you get a drop down menu to select tar or zip archive with various different kinds of compression in the :guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. Some types of archives will allow to expand tunable settings of compression to change the compression with higher compression but will take more CPU usage to decompress. To automatically add a file extension based on what type of file you have check the :guilabel:`Automatically add format` checkbox.
@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ To view recent archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open Recent`. To clear the l
Version
-------
Lubuntu ships version 4:19.12.2 of ARK.
Lubuntu ships version 4:20.08.0 of ARK.
Customizing
-----------

@ -15,7 +15,10 @@ It supports:
Usage
------
If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a black and white folder, :menuselection:`File --> Open`, or press :kbd:`control + o` to open a file. To open your recently modified files :menuselection:`File --> Recently modified`. To open a new file press the button that looks like a piece of paper with a plus sign, press :kbd:`Control+N`, or :menuselection:`File --> New`. To save your file after typing in the main part of the window press the button that looks like a floppy disk, :menuselection:`File --> Save`, or press :kbd:`control +s`. To save a file with a different file name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To show your To reload a file if something else has changed that file in Featherpad press the arrow that loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift + R`, the button that looks like a browser refresh button, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to a file an :guilabel:`*` will show in the tab bar if you have unsaved changes.
If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a folder, :menuselection:`File --> Open`, or press :kbd:`control + o` to open a file. To open your recently modified files :menuselection:`File --> Recently modified`. To open a new file press the button that looks like a piece of paper with a plus sign, press :kbd:`Control+N`, or :menuselection:`File --> New`. To save your file after typing in the main part of the window press the button that looks like a floppy disk, :menuselection:`File --> Save`, or press :kbd:`control +s`. To save a file with a different file name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To show your To reload a file if something else has changed that file in Featherpad press the arrow that loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift + R`, the button that looks like a browser refresh button, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to a file an :guilabel:`*` will show in the tab bar if you have unsaved changes.
To type things into your text file the main part of the window similar to a word processor. If you are programming with Featherpad the file extension will probably automatically select the correct syntax highlighting. To toggle syntax highlighing press :kbd:`Control+Shift+H` or :menuselection:`Options --> Syntax Highlighiting`. To view line numbers of the file press :kbd:`control +l` or :menuselection:`Options --> Line Numbers` and press the same thing to turn it off. The line numbers will show the current line highlighted in yellow on the current line. To enable word wrap press :kbd:`Control +W` or :menuselection:`Options --> Wrap Lines` and then press the same thing again to turn word wrapping off. To automatically indent lines press :kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`Options --> Auto-Indentation`. To toggle document properties press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or :menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`.

@ -76,13 +76,13 @@ To change your settings for :guilabel:`Constants` use the constants tab. To inpu
.. image:: kcalc-constants.png
To customize your shortcuts for KCalc :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Settings`. To see what your shortcut does read the :guilabel:`Action` column. To see what keys to press the shortcut is in the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see or set a second shortcut to see what activates this is in the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change your shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Custom` button and then left click on it and input the shortcut you want. To reset your shortcuts to default press the :guilabel:`Defaults` button. To not make your changes to the shortcuts you made press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To use your new shortcuts as a calculator press the :guilabel:`OK` button.
To customize your shortcuts for KCalc :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Settings`. To see what your shortcut does read the :guilabel:`Action` column. To see what keys to press the shortcut is in the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see or set a second shortcut to see what activates this is in the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change your shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Custom` button and then left click on it and input the shortcut you want. To reset your shortcuts to default press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To not make your changes to the shortcuts you made press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To use your new shortcuts as a calculator press the :guilabel:`OK` button.
.. image:: kcalc-shortcuts.png
Version
-------
Lubuntu ships with version 19.12.3 of KCalc.
Lubuntu ships with version 4:20.08.0 of KCalc.
How to Launch
-------------
@ -92,4 +92,4 @@ To launch KCalc go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> KCalc` or run
kcalc
from the command line. The icon for KCalc looks like a box with a + sign a - sign a multiplication sign and an equals sign.
from the command line. The icon for KCalc looks like a box with a + sign a - sign a multiplication sign and an equals sign. If your computer has a calculator key you can press :kbd:`Calculator`.

@ -48,11 +48,12 @@ To connect to a remote server such as a NAS go to the :menuselection:`Go --> Co
PCManFM-Qt also supports transferring files to mobile devices plugged in with a USB cable. On the left hand side under devices the mobile device will appear. You may need on your device to allow it to transfer files. After you have done this You can see the files on mobile device and transfer files to them. To eject the mobile devices press the upward pointing arrow to unmount it.
At the bottom of the window is a filter bar that lets you show files only matching a pattern in the window of the current folder. To show the filter bar press :kbd:`Control+I` or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering --> Show/Focus Filter Bar`. To use it type what you want to search for in the bar that says :guilabel:`Filter`. How many result you match will show in the :guilabel:`item(s)` field. To return the filter back to seeing all files clear the text field and hide the filter bar by pressing :kbd:`Control +Shift+ K` or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering --> Clear All Filters`. If you still want to see the filter bar but to see all files hold the :kbd:`backspace` key to clear it out.
At the bottom of the window is a filter bar that lets you show files only matching a pattern in the window of the current folder. To show the filter bar press :kbd:`Control+I` or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering --> Show/Focus Filter Bar`. To use it type what you want to search for in the bar that says :guilabel:`Filter`. How many result you match will show in the :guilabel:`item(s)` field. To empty out the fileter press :kbd:`Escape`. To return the filter back to seeing all files clear the text field and hide the filter bar by pressing :kbd:`Control +Shift+ K` or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering --> Clear All Filters`. If you still want to see the filter bar but to see all files hold the :kbd:`backspace` key to clear it out.
On the very bottom of the PCManFM-Qt window when you have nothing selected it shows :guilabel:`X item(s) (y hidden)` showing how many items are in the current folder. To the right of this shows :guilabel:`Free space` showing how much free space you have. The :guilabel:`(Total)` shows the full size of the storage medium this is on. When you select one file on this bottom bar it will show the file name, the file size, and the type of file it is. If you select multiple files the bottom bar to the left will show :guilabel:`X item(s) selected` where X is the number of files you have selected and how much disk space they take up.
To see hidden files press :kbd:`control +h`, right click :menuselection:`Show Hidden`, or go to :menuselection:`View --> Show hidden`. Press the same thing again to hide hidden files again. To open a terminal in your current folder press :kbd:`f4`, right click on a folder and select :menuselection:`Open in Terminal`, or :menuselection:`Tool --> Open Terminal` from the menu.
To see hidden files press :kbd:`control +h`, right click :menuselection:`Show Hidden`, or go to :menuselection:`View --> Show hidden`. Press the same thing again to hide hidden files again. To open a terminal in your current folder press :kbd:`f4`, right click on a folder and select :menuselection:`Open in Terminal`, or :menuselection:`Tool --> Open Terminal` from the menu. To copy the full path of a file or directory press :kbd:`Control+Shift+C` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Copy Full Path`.
To view the properties of a file or folder right click on it and select properties from the menu, :menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a dialog that shows folder properties :menuselection:`File --> Folder Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab will show you the size of the file, where the file is, and when it was last modified or accessed. To change what program a file opens with use the :guilabel:`Open With` drop down menu and select the program to open the file.
@ -78,7 +79,7 @@ PCManFM-Qt has different view modes which can be changed in the view menu. To se
.. image:: detailed-list.png
To reverse the order that PCManFM-Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Descending` or conversely to switch back :menuselection:`View --> Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file name :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file name`. To sort by modification :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By modification time`. To sort by file size :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file size`. To sort by file type :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file type`. To sort by owner :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By Owner`. To separate all folders first in sorting check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Folder First`. To sort with case sensitive check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Case sensitive`. You can also get to this sorting menu by right clicking :menuselection:` Sorting --> Your Sorting Option`.
To reverse the order that PCManFM-Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Descending` or conversely to switch back :menuselection:`View --> Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file name :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file name`. To sort by modification :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By modification time`. To sort by file size :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file size`. To sort by file type :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file type`. To sort by owner :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By Owner`. To separate all folders first in sorting check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Folder First`. To show hidden files last check the :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Hiden Last`. To sort with case sensitive check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Case sensitive`. You can also get to this sorting menu by right clicking :menuselection:` Sorting --> Your Sorting Option`.
To change your path bar to buttons :menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> Location` and to get back to a pathbar you can type into :menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> Path Buttons`. To toggle showing the menubar :kbd:`Control +M` or :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> Menubar` and uncheck the checkbox. To get the menubar back press :kbd:`Control +M` again. To toggle showing or hiding the permanent filter bar press :kbd:`Control+B` or :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> Permanent filter bar`.
@ -146,7 +147,8 @@ from the command line to edit the file and paste in the following contents
Customizing
-----------
To open a dialog for preferences of PCManFM-Qt :menuselection:`Edit --> Preferences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has settings for how PCManFM-Qt manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open files with single click` opens files by clicking on them once and you select files by mousing over them. The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop down menu has options to either Open bookmarks in the current tab, Open bookmarks in a new tab, or Open bookmarks in a new window. To change what view mode PCManFM-Qt starts with change the :guilabel:`Default view mode` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Confirm before deleting files` checkbox makes a confirm dialog before deleting files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Move deleted files to "trash bin" instead of erasing from disk` puts files in the trash bin instead of always deleting them. The :guilabel:`Erase files on removable media instead of "trash can" creation` erases files on removable media instead of creating a trash can on the removable media. The checkbox :guilabel:`Confirm before moving files into "trash can"` brings a confirmation dialog before moving files to the trash can. The checkbox :guilabel:`Launch executable files without prompt` will run executable files without bringing up a prompt asking what to do with the file however you will need to restart PCManFM-Qt for this to take effect. To select new files automatically check the :guilabel:`Select newly created files` checkbox.
To open a dialog for preferences of PCManFM-Qt :menuselection:`Edit --> Preferences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has settings for how PCManFM-Qt manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open files with single click` opens files by clicking on them once and you select files by mousing over them. To make the auto selection slightly delayed and to adjust this change :guilabel:`Delay of auto-selection in single click mode` field. To show a folder context menu when you :kbd:`Control+ right click` check the :guilabel:`Show folder context menu with Ctrl+ right click` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop down menu has options to either Open bookmarks in the current tab, Open bookmarks in a new tab, or Open bookmarks in a new window. To change what view mode PCManFM-Qt starts with change the :guilabel:`Default view mode` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Confirm before deleting files` checkbox makes a confirmation dialog before deleting files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Move deleted files to "trash bin" instead of erasing from disk` puts files in the trash bin instead of always deleting them. The :guilabel:`Erase files on removable media instead of "trash can" creation` erases files on removable media instead of creating a trash can on the removable media. The checkbox :guilabel:`Confirm before moving files into "trash can"` brings a confirmation dialog before moving files to the trash can. The checkbox :guilabel:`Launch executable files without prompt` will run executable files without bringing up a prompt asking what to do with the file however you will need to restart PCManFM-Qt for this to take effect. To select new files automatically check the :guilabel:`Select newly created files` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt only open one window check the :guilabel:`Single window mode` checkbox.
.. image:: pcmanfm-qt-prefrences.png
@ -173,7 +175,7 @@ The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab shows integration with other programs and advanced
Version
-------
Lubuntu currently ships with 0.14.1 of PCManFM-Qt.
Lubuntu currently ships with 0.15.0 of PCManFM-Qt.
How to Launch
-------------

@ -14,9 +14,10 @@ Screenshot
Customizing
-----------
If you really want an item to always show up right click on the clipboard and press the :menuselection:`Configure` then click on the :guilabel:`Sticky Items` divider and press the add button and add what you want always to be listed in Qlipper. To change how many items get displayed in Qlipper in total right click on Qlipper and configure with the gear icon and change :guilabel:`Clipboard Entries Count` to your desired number of entries. To change how many characters show up on Qlipper from the same configuration screen change :guilabel:`Maximum Display Size`. To change the tray icon image to something custom press the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to load a custom tray icon. This icon will bring up a dialog where you navigate to where your new icon will be. To choose your icon press the :guilabel:`Select icon` button.
To change prefrences of Qlipper right click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Configure`. To change how many items get displayed in Qlipper in total right click on Qlipper and configure with the gear icon and change :guilabel:`Clipboard Entries Count` to your desired number of entries. To change how many characters show up on Qlipper from the same configuration screen change :guilabel:`Maximum Display Size`. To not have whitespace after pasting each line check the :guilabel:`Trim Whitespaces for Every Line` checkbox. To change your keyboard shortcut to bring up the menu from Qlipper use the :guilabel:`Keyboard Shortcut` button. To clear this keyboard shortcut press the :guilabel:`x` button to the right. To change the tray icon image to something custom press the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to load a custom tray icon. To synchronize your clipboard and selection clipboards check the :guilabel:`Use Platform Specific Extensions(Advanced)` checkbox first. To toggle having your clipboard saved to storage as soon as possible check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Synchronize history to storage instantly` checkbox. Next to have two separate clipboard synchronized select the :menuselection:`No synchronization of clipboard & PSE` menu item. To select an item and have uniform clipboard select :menuselection:`Synchronize clipboard & PSE instantly`. To have Qlipper lose its stored history when you close Qlipper check the :guilabel:`Clear Items on Exit` checkbox.
The :guilabel:`Sticky Items` divider stores things you want to always have in Qlipper to quickly paste. This icon will bring up a dialog where you navigate to where your new icon will be. To choose your icon press the :guilabel:`Select icon` button. To add a new stick item press the :guilabel:`Add` button and type or paste what you want always available. To remove a sticky item press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To move a sticky item up in the list press the :guilabel:`Up` button. To move a sticky item down in the list press the :guilabel:`Down` button.
To not have whitespace after pasting each line check the :guilabel:`Trim Whitespaces for Every Line` checkbox. To synchronize your clipboard and selection clipboards check the :guilabel:`Use Platform Specific Extensions(Advanced)` checkbox first. To toggle having your clipboard saved to storage as soon as possible check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Synchronize history to storage instantly` checkbox. Next to have two separate clipboard synchronized select the :menuselection:`No synchronization of clipboard & PSE` menu item. To select an item and have uniform clipboard select :menuselection:`Synchronize clipboard & PSE instantly`. To have Qlipper lose its stored history when you close Qlipper check the :guilabel:`Clear Items on Exit` checkbox. To change your keyboard shortcut to bring up the menu from Qlipper use the :guilabel:`Keyboard Shortcut` button. To clear this keyboard shortcut press the :guilabel:`x` button to the right.
.. image:: qlipperprefrences.png

@ -5,11 +5,13 @@ nobleNote is the default application to take a notes on Lubuntu. nobleNote also
Usage
------
To start a new note right click on the right hand column new note or :menuselection:`Edit --> New note`. Then enter a title for this note. To open a note double click on that note from the right hand column which will open a new window with your note in it. To input text in the note type in the main body of this window after clicking on it. To rename your not to something else press :kbd:`Control+Shift+R` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Rename note`.
To start a new note right click on the right hand column and select :menuselection:`New note` or :menuselection:`Edit --> New note`. Then enter a title for this note by typing it. To open a note double click on that note from the right hand column which will open a new window with your note in it. To input text in the note type in the main body of this window after clicking on it. To rename your not to something else press :kbd:`Control+Shift+R` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Rename note`.
If you wish to delete a notebook right click on a notebook and :menuselection:`Delete notebook`, with the notebook highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete notebook`. To add a new notebook press :kbd:`Control+N` or :menuselection:`Edit --> New notebook`.
To select a different notebook to keep your notes organized click on it on the left hand coolumn. If you wish to delete a notebook right click on a notebook and :menuselection:`Delete notebook`, with the notebook highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete notebook`. To add a new notebook press :kbd:`Control+N` or :menuselection:`Edit --> New notebook`.
To delete a note click on the note and press the button with a page X on it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D` or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete note`. To get back a note you deleted press :kbd:`Control+T` or :menuselection:`File --> Trash`. You can then see your deleted notes and select them on the left hand column and then the content of the note on the right hand column. To restore a note press the :guilabel:`Restore` button.
To delete a note click on the note and press the button with a page X on it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D` or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete note`.
To get back a note you deleted press :kbd:`Control+T` or :menuselection:`File --> Trash`. You can then see your deleted notes and select from deleted notes on the left hand column and then the content of the note on the right hand column. To restore a note press the :guilabel:`Restore` button. To permantely delete a note press the :guilabel:`Delete` button and then press :guilabel:`Yes` at the confirmation dialog.
To import notes from a file :menuselection:`File --> Import`.
@ -43,7 +45,7 @@ To launch nobleNote go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> nobleNote` or
noblenote
on the commandline. The icon for nobleNote looks like a yellow pad of paper with a pencil.
on the commandline. The icon for nobleNote looks like a yellow pad of paper with a black lines.
Customizing
------------

@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ If you want to Rip a CD or copy its contents to your computer :menuselection:`To
Version
-------
Lubuntu ships with version 19.12.2 of K3b.
Lubuntu ships with version 20.08.0 of K3b.
Screenshot
----------

@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
Chapter 2.5.2 PulseAudio Volume Control
========================================
PulseAudio Volume Control is the default volume mixer for Lubuntu.
PulseAudio Volume Control is the default volume mixer for Lubuntu. It also manages multiple input and output devices for all programs on your system.
Usage
------
@ -37,5 +37,5 @@ To launch PulseAudio Volume Control from the menu :menuselection:`Sound & Video
pavucontrol-qt
from the command line. Another way to launch PulseAudio Volume Control is to left click on the volume applet in the panel and click the :guilabel:`Mixer` button. The icon for PulseAudio Volume Control looks like a speaker.
from the command line. Another way to launch PulseAudio Volume Control is to left click on the volume applet in the panel and click the :guilabel:`Mixer` button. The icon for PulseAudio Volume Control looks like a black and yellow speaker.

Binary file not shown.

After

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 44 KiB

Binary file not shown.

After

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 43 KiB

@ -65,18 +65,30 @@ To change so that there is not as much difference between quiet and loud which m
.. image:: vlc-compressor.png
The setting for widening the width of a stereo are on the :guilabel:`Stereo Widener` tab. To toggle stereo widening check the :guilabel:`Enable` checkbox.
To change how the audio and video synchronize with the rest of the file use the :guilabel:`Synchronization` tab. To change the synchronization of your audio with the video change the :guilabel:`Audio track synchronization` field to get it to match with your video. To change the synchronization of subtitles use the :guilabel:`Subtitle track synchronization` field. To change how many frames per second your subtitles change at change the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field to change how many frames per second on your subtitle.
.. image:: vlc-synchronization.png
To change how the video appears on your screen use the :guilabel:`Video Effects` tab. On the :guilabel:`Essential` sub tab for how your brightness contrast and other things appear. To change your image press the :guilabel:`Image adjust` checkbox. To change the brightness use the :guilabel:`Brightness` slider with to the left being darker and to the right being lighter. However extreme values to the left or right are not that viewable. As such you may want to make small adjustments with the :kbd:`Left arrow` and :kbd:`Right arrow` keys. To change the color of the video use the :guilabel:`Hue` slider. To change the contrast use the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider with the left being lower contrast and the right being higher contrast. To change how saturated your colors are use the :guilabel:`Saturation` slider.
To add a film grain effect check the :guilabel:`Film Grain` checkbox. To adjust how much the film grain varies slide the :guilabel:`Varience` slider.
.. image:: vlc-essential-video-effects.png
To crop pixels off the margins use the :guilabel:`Crop` subtab. To take a number of pixels off the top use the :guilabel:`Top` field. To take pixels off the left of the screen of the video use the :guilabel:`Left` field. To take pixels off the right side of the screen use the :guilabel:`Right` field. To take pixels off the bottom use the :guilabel:`Bottom` field. To have your top and bottom take the same number of pixels taken off the top and bottom check the :guilabel:`Synchronize top and bottom` checkbox. To take the same number of pixels off your left and right hand side check the :guilabel:`Synchronize left and right` checkbox.
.. image:: vlc-crop.png
To have settings to change the colors showing in vlc use the :guilabel:`Colors` subtab. To entirely invert colors check the :guilabel:`Negative colors` checkbox. To reduce the total number of colors on your video from slight transitions check the :guilabel:`Posterize` checkbox. To enable a sepia tone for the video check the :guilabel:`Sepia` checkbox. To have a close to black and white tone enter a low number in :guilabel:`Intensity`. To have a more sepia tone enter a higher number in :guilabel:`Intensity`.
.. image:: video-effects-colors.png
To zoom or rotate a video use the :guilabel:`Geometry` tab. To choose differnt parts of the video to zoom in on as it plays check the :guilabel:`Interactive Zoom` checkbox. To do simple things like flip or rotate your vidoe first check the :guilabel:`Transform` checkbox. To rotate your video 90 degrees to the right select :menuselection:`Rotate by 90 degrees` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate your video 180 degrees to the right select :guilabel:`Rotate by 180 degrees` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate the video 270 degrees to the right select :menuselection:`Rotate by 270 degrees` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To flip the image horizontally select :menuselection:`Flip horizontally` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate your video by the number of degrees you want check the :guilabel:`Rotate` checkbox and then select which degree you want to have have the video rotated.
.. image:: video-effects-geometry.png
Customizing
-----------
To view your preferences of VLC press :kbd:`control +P` or :menuselection:`Tools --> Preferences`. To change how VLC looks and what buttons it has use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose to use a custom skin for VLC press the :guilabel:`Use custom skin` radio button. To toggle showing buttons for pausing, changing tracks and the volume control check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show controls in full screen mode` checkbox. To have the video display in its own window uncheck the :guilabel:`Integrate video in interface` checkbox. To start VLC in a minimal view mode check the :guilabel:`Start in minimal view mode` checkbox. To have VLC pause playback when the VLC window is minimized check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Pause playback when minimized` checkbox. To toggle showing an icon in the system tray check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show systray icon` checkbox. To change VLC showing a popup when the media changes like when having multiple files in a playlist change the :guilabel:`Show media change popup` menu. The :guilabel:`Force window style` changes the way VLC windows are drawn if you want a custom layout for just VLC. To allow only one window of VLC check the :guilabel:`Allow only one instance` checkbox. If you have only one instance check the :guilabel:`Enqueue items into playlist in one instance mode` checkbox to add new files to play at the end of the playlist. To have VLC continue playback of files changes change the :guilabel:`Continue playback?` menu and select Always to always playback or ask to ask for playback.
@ -123,7 +135,7 @@ To show your Active extensions use the :guilabel:`Active Extensions tab`. To rel
Version
-------
Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.8 of VLC.
Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.11 of VLC.
How to Launch
-------------

@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Fcitx is the default input manager for Lubuntu and shows as a tray applet in lxq
Usage
------
First you must launch Fcitx to have it open in the system tray. To have this automatically start see Chapter 3.2.13.
First you must launch Fcitx to have it open in the system tray. To have Fcitx automatically start see Chapter 3.2.13.
To use a virtual keyboard right click on the tray icon in the system tray that looks like a keyboard and select :menuselection:`Toggle Virtual Keyboard`.
@ -13,11 +13,17 @@ To switch your keyboard method with the applet is to left click on the applet :m
To bring up a configuration dialog for input method right click on the panel applet and :menuselection:`Configure current input method`.
To change the skin of Fcitx left click on the applet and select :menuselection:`Skin --> The skin you want`.
To configure input methods left click on the applet and select :menuselection:`Configure Current Input Method` and a window will pop up. To add a new input method press the :guilabel:`+` button. A dialog will appear to select your input method. To add an input method left click on the input method you want to add and press :guilabel:`OK`. To not only show your current language in options for an input method uncheck :guilabel:`Only Show Current Language`. To remove an input method press the :guilabel:`-` button. To move a keyboard input method up in your order pres the upward pointing arrow button. To move an input method down in the order press the downward pointing arrow. To set your default keyboard layout press the button that looks like a keyboard.
To change how Fcitx looks use the :guilabel:`Appearance` tab. To change what font size change the :guilabel:`Font Size` field. To what font Fcitx uses change the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the font used in menus change the :guilabel:`Menu Font` button. To toggle showing a system tray icon check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use System Tray Icon` checkbox.
To restart Fcitx right click on the applet and click :menuselection:`Restart`. To close the Fcitx applet right click the tray icon :menuselection:`Exit`.
Version
-------
Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.6-5 of Fcitx.
Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.7-4 of Fcitx.
Screenshot
----------
@ -26,7 +32,7 @@ Screenshot
How to launch
-------------
To launch the fcitx applet from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> Fcitx` with an icon of a keyboard. If you wish to run the applet from the command line run
To launch the Fcitx applet from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> Fcitx` with an icon of a keyboard. If you wish to run the applet from the command line run
.. code::

Binary file not shown.

Before

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 126 KiB

After

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 132 KiB

Binary file not shown.

Before

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 24 KiB

After

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 25 KiB

Binary file not shown.

Before

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 66 KiB

After

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 74 KiB

Binary file not shown.

Before

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 78 KiB

After

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 77 KiB

@ -9,19 +9,19 @@ To open a new tab go to the :menuselection:`File --> New Tab` or press :kbd:`con
.. image:: qterminal.png
If you get a url in your terminal you can right click :menuselection:`Copy Link Address` to copy the link. To open your link directly press :kbd:`Control + left click` or right click the link and select :menuselection:`Open Link`. To zoom in on the terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift + +` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom in`. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -` or right click :menuselection:`Zoom out`. To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control + 0` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom reset`. If you want qterminal to be fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` or :menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen then :kbd:`F11` or :menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` again to make it back to its original size.
If you get a URL in your terminal you can right click :menuselection:`Copy Link Address` to copy the link. To open your link directly press :kbd:`Control + left click` or right click on the link and select :menuselection:`Open Link`. To zoom in on the terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift + +` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom in`. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -` or right click :menuselection:`Zoom out`. To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control + 0` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom reset`. If you want QTerminal to be fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` or :menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen then :kbd:`F11` or :menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` again to make it back to its original size.
To scroll upward in qterminal scroll upwards with the mousewheel and you can see the results of previous commands you have run. To scroll downward scroll downward on the mouswheel. To go all the way back to the bottom start typing and it will focus on the bottom.
To scroll upward in QTerminal scroll upwards with the mousewheel and you can see the results of previous commands you have run. To scroll downward scroll downward on the mousewheel. To go all the way back to the bottom start typing and it will focus on the bottom.
To split your terminal vertically into two terminals on top of each other :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Horizontal`. To have one split terminal to the left and one to the right :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Vertically`. To collapse back to how your terminal back to how they were before :menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse Subterminal`. To switch between the two split terminals click on the terminal you want. To switch to the lower split terminal press :kbd:`Alt + Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom Subterminal`. To switch the top subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Top Subterminal`. To switch to the left subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Left` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. To switch to the right subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Right` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Right Subterminal`. To move to the tab you had before :menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab in History`. To move to the next tab before that :menuselection:`Actions --> Next Tab in History`.
To change to the next tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + Page Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Next tab`. To change to the previous tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To move to a tab to the right :menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the right`. To move a tab to the left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the left`.
To bring a search for the text displayed on your terminal press :kbd:`Control +Shift +F` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Find...`. To close the search bar press :kbd:`Escape` or :kbd:`Control+Shift+F` again. To find what you need to search for in the :guilabel:`Find` search bar. To move to the next result press the rightward pointing arrow button. To move to the previous result is to press the leftward pointing arrow. To change to not to match case press the downward pointing arrow button uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox. To toggle highlighting all matches check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Highlight all matches` checkbox. To use a regular expression click the downard pointing arrow button and check the :guilabel:`Regular expression` checkbox.
To bring a search for the text displayed on your terminal press :kbd:`Control +Shift +F` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Find...`. To close the search bar press :kbd:`Escape` or :kbd:`Control+Shift+F` again. To find what you need to search for in the :guilabel:`Find` search bar. To move to the next result press the rightward pointing arrow button. To move to the previous result is to press the leftward pointing arrow. To change to not to match case press the downward pointing arrow button uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox. To toggle highlighting all matches check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Highlight all matches` checkbox. To use a regular expression click the downward pointing arrow button and check the :guilabel:`Regular expression` checkbox.
.. image:: qterminal-find.png
To clear you active terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift +X` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active Terminal`. To hide window borders check the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window borders`. To toggle showing the entire menubar press :kbd:`Control+Shift+M` or right click on the :menuselection:`Toggle Menu` then do the same thing to get the menu back again. To toggle showing the tab bar :menuselection:`View --> Show Tab Bar`. To change which side of the terminal the tab bar is :menuselection:`View --> Tabs Layout`.
To clear you active terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift +X` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active Terminal`. To hide window borders check the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window Borders` or right click and select :menuselection:`Hide Window Borders`. To toggle showing the entire menubar press :kbd:`Control+Shift+M` or right click on the :menuselection:`Toggle Menu` then do the same thing to get the menu back again. To toggle showing the tab bar :menuselection:`View --> Show Tab Bar`. To change which side of the terminal the tab bar is :menuselection:`View --> Tabs Layout`.
To use the drop down function of QTerminal once launched press :kbd:`F12` to have the terminal drop down or roll up.
@ -36,9 +36,9 @@ To change your preferences go to :menuselection:`File --> Preferences` or right
.. image:: qterminal-font.png
The :guilabel:`Color scheme` field lets you say change how different colored things in the terminal colors appear. The :guilabel:`Widget style` lets you overwrite the system widget style with something other than system default. The :guilabel:`Scrollbar position` lets you move the scrollbar to the left or right or remove it entirely. The :guilabel:`Tabs position` moves the bar to that part of the window of qterminal. The :guilabel:`Cursor shape` changes the shape of the cursor between block cursor a large block, underline cursor a small underline, or IBeamCursor which is quite small like a | character.
The :guilabel:`Color scheme` field lets you say change how different colored things in the terminal colors appear. The :guilabel:`Widget style` lets you overwrite the system widget style with something other than system default. The :guilabel:`Scrollbar position` lets you move the scrollbar to the left or right or remove it entirely. The :guilabel:`Tabs position` moves the bar to that part of the window of QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Cursor shape` changes the shape of the cursor between block cursor a large block, underline cursor a small underline, or IBeamCursor which is quite small like a | character.
To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the menu bar` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one tab` hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Fixed tab width` limits how wide a tab would be how be and the filed next to it is how wide to limit the width of tabs. The :guilabel:`Show a border around the current terminal` shows a border around the terminal. To disable having the x button to close each tab uncheck the :guilabel:`Close button on each tab` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show terminal size on resize` toggles showing the terminal size on resizing the window. To have support for languages with both right to left and left to right text check the :guilabel:`Enable bi-directional text support`.
To disable using the alt key in keyboard combos to activate the window for qterminal check the :guilabel:`No menu bar accelerator` checkbox. To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the menu bar` checkbox. To hide window borders check the checkbox :guilabel:`Hide Window Broders`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one tab` hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Fixed tab width` limits how wide a tab would be how be and the filed next to it is how wide to limit the width of tabs. The :guilabel:`Show a border around the current terminal` shows a border around the terminal. To disable having the x button to close each tab uncheck the :guilabel:`Close button on each tab` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show terminal size on resize` toggles showing the terminal size on resizing the window. To have support for languages with both right to left and left to right text check the :guilabel:`Enable bi-directional text support`.
.. image:: qterminalprefrences.png
@ -46,15 +46,15 @@ The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` gives you the percent transparent
To apply these changes to see how they appear on QTerminal press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. If you like your new customized terminal layout press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you wish to cancel your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button.
The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history, pasting, and different kinds of emulation. The button for :guilabel:`Unlimited history` will save an unlimited amount of history. The :guilabel:`History size (in lines)` lets you save only that many lines of history. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Confirm multiline paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting multiple lines. The checkbox :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted text` removes excess newlines in pasting text from the end of what you paste. The :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a confirmation dialog when you close qterminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Save position when closing` saves the position when closing qterminal. The :guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working directory` checkbox open new terminals in the last working directory you were on.
The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history, pasting, and different kinds of emulation. The :guilabel:`History size (in lines)` lets you save only that many lines of history. The button for :guilabel:`Unlimited history` will save an unlimited amount of history. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Confirm multiline paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting multiple lines. The checkbox :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted text` removes excess newlines in pasting text from the end of what you paste. The :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a confirmation dialog when you close QTerminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Save position when closing` saves the position when closing QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working directory` checkbox open new terminals in the last working directory you were on.
.. image:: qterminal-pref-behavior.png
The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all the different shortcuts and how to change keyboard shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what the keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key` column is the keyboard shortcut to launch the shortcut. To change or add a keyboard shortcut double click under the :guilabel:`Key` column and then press the keyboard shortcut you want. To change how you sort your keyboard shortcuts left click on the column to sort in a different order. To change your keyboard shorcut double click for that shortcut and then press the keyboard shortcut you want.
The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all the different shortcuts and how to change keyboard shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what the keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key` column is the keyboard shortcut to launch the shortcut. To change or add a keyboard shortcut double click under the :guilabel:`Key` column and then press the keyboard shortcut you want. To change how you sort your keyboard shortcuts left click on the column to sort in a different order. To change your keyboard shortcut double click for that shortcut and then press the keyboard shortcut you want.
.. image:: qterminal-shortcuts.png
The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects on the appearance for the drop down settings of qterminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox if checked shows the drop down menu when it is launched otherwise it is hidden. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the dropdown terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to bring down the drop down terminal and to change the shortcut type in a different key.
The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects on the appearance for the drop down settings of QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox if checked shows the drop down menu when it is launched otherwise it is hidden. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the dropdown terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to bring down the drop down terminal and to change the shortcut type in a different key.
.. image:: qterminal-drop-pref.png
@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ The :guilabel:`Bookmark` tab has settings for a sidebar to quickly change direct
Version
-------
Lubuntu ships with version 0.14.1 of QTerminal.
Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of QTerminal.
How to Launch
-------------

Binary file not shown.

Before

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 81 KiB

After

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 94 KiB

@ -11,13 +11,13 @@ To sort your processes by memory click on the :guilabel:`MEM` tab. To have your
To change your process view to each process gets its own line or linear select the :guilabel:`Linear` radio button in the upper left hand corner. To organize each related process with a tree for parent and child processes press the :guilabel:`Tree` radio button. To search for a particular process enter a search term in the bar towards the center top of the user interface. To group processes based on what thread they are in check the :guilabel:`Thread` checkbox.
At the bottom of the window :guilabel:`Process count` to see how many process are running on your system.
At the bottom of the window :guilabel:`Process count` shows how many processes are running on your system.
When you have qps open a tray icon will appear that shows a graph of cpu usage. If you right click :menuselection:`Hide` to make qps not show in the taskbar. To bring qps back to the front off all windows right click on the tray icon :menuselection:`Show`. To quit qps press :kbd:`Alt +Q` or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`.
When you have qps open a tray icon will appear that shows a graph of CPU usage. If you right click :menuselection:`Hide` to make qps not show in the taskbar. To bring qps back to the front off all windows right click on the tray icon :menuselection:`Show`. To quit qps press :kbd:`Alt +Q` or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`.
To search for a particular process you can type your type into the search bar right above a particular process right above it. To terminate a process right click on it and select :menuselection:`Terminate` or press :kbd:`delete`. To kill a process move the mouse over it right click and select :menuselection:`Kill` or press :kbd:`Alt + K`.
To view more detials on this process right click on the process and select :menuselection:`View details`. To view what files the process has open use the :guilabel:`Files` tab. To view what environment varibles the process select the :guilabel:`Enviorment` tab.
To view more details on this process right click on the process and select :menuselection:`View details`. To view what files the process has open use the :guilabel:`Files` tab. To view what environment variables the process select the :guilabel:`Environment` tab.
To toggle showing a graph with your overall system usage check/uncheck the :menuselection:`Option --> Show Graph` checkbox in the menu. To toggle showing the bar with the option to search for processor or choose linear or tree view of processes check/uncheck :menuselection:`Option --> Show Control Bar` checkbox in the menu. To change the update period is to :menuselection:`Option --> Update Period`. Then input your update period in the :guilabel:`New Update Period` field.
@ -37,11 +37,11 @@ To launch qps go to the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> qps` or run
qps
from the command line. The icon for qps looks like a green graph with a black background.
from the command line. The icon for qps looks like a green line graph with a black background.
Customizing
------------
To change more preferences :menuselection:`Options --> Prefrences` and a preferences window will pop up. To have qps not exit when you close qps uncheck the :guilabel:`Exit on closing` checkbox. To change if qps has a remembers it positon check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Remember Position` checkbox. To change the font is the drop down menu under :guilabel:`Appearance` and the drop down number is for the font size. To change how CPU usage is divided per your total number of CPU cores or a Single CPU press a radio button under :guilabel:`%CPU divided by`.
To change more preferences :menuselection:`Options --> Preferences` and a preferences window will pop up. To have qps not exit when you close qps uncheck the :guilabel:`Exit on closing` checkbox. To change if qps has a remembers it position check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Remember Position` checkbox. To change the font use the drop down menu under :guilabel:`Appearance` and the drop down number is for the font size. To change how CPU usage is divided per your total number of CPU cores or a Single CPU press a radio button under :guilabel:`%CPU divided by`.
.. image:: qps-pref.png

Binary file not shown.

Before

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 54 KiB

After

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 54 KiB

Binary file not shown.

Before

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 52 KiB

After

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 54 KiB

Binary file not shown.

Before

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 55 KiB

After

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 54 KiB

Binary file not shown.

Before

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 71 KiB

After

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 91 KiB

@ -57,11 +57,11 @@ To launch KDE Partition Manager from the :menuselection:`System Tools --> KDE Pa
partitionmanager
from the command line. The icon for KDE Partition Manager is a red hard drive.
from the command line. The icon for KDE Partition Manager is a series of blue and green rings that are paritialy compelete.
Customizing
-----------
To toggle showing a statusbar that shows pending operations check/uncheck the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Statusbar` checkbox in the menu. To toggle showing your devices side pane check/uncheck the :menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Devices`. To toggle showing information about the currently selected partition check/uncheck the :menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Information` checkbox in the menu. To toggle showing log output of check/uncheck the :menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Show --> Log Output` checkbox.
To toggle showing a statusbar that shows pending operations check/uncheck the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Statusbar` checkbox in the menu. To toggle showing your devices side pane check/uncheck the :menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Devices`. To toggle showing information about the currently selected partition check/uncheck the :menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Information` checkbox in the menu. To toggle showing log output of check/uncheck the :menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Show --> Log Output` checkbox. To close a panel press the :guilabel:`x` button.
To customize settings for KDE Partition Manager press :kbd:`Control+Shift+,` or :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KDE Partition Manager`. The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for aligning partitions and defaults for partitions. To change where your sectors on your disc align to use the :guilabel:`Sector alignment` field. To change which messages to log you can change with :guilabel:`Hide messages below` to hide lower level messages to be logged. To choose your default file system use the :guilabel:`Default file system` drop down menu. To change whether to overwrite shredded data with zeros or random data use the buttons to the right of :guilabel:`Overwrite with` group of buttons.

@ -9,13 +9,13 @@ LXQt-sudo is used to open graphical programs as an administrator.
.. warning::
Modifying the wrong system configuration files with adminstrator privileges could make your system unable to boot or for you to be unable to login.
Modifying the wrong system configuration files with administrator privileges could make your system unable to boot or for you to be unable to login.
To use lxqt-sudo is important to not change your config files as if you did with sudo. You will need administrative privileges to edit config files but make sure you know what you are doing. To actually use LXQt sudo you will need to type your password into the :guilabel:`Password` field and then press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To not run your command as root if you decide against it press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To copy the command you are running as root press the button with two sheets of paper.
Version
-------
Lubuntu ships with 0.14.1 of lXQt-sudo.
Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of lXQt-sudo.
Screenshot
----------

@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
Chapter 3.1.9 SDDM configuration
================================
Sddm is the default display manager that shows up when you first log in to Lubuntu or logout or choose to another session. There is no graphical application to do this currently.
SDDM is the default display manager that shows up when you first log in to Lubuntu or logout or choose to another session. There is no graphical application to do this currently.
Usage
------
@ -11,9 +11,9 @@ If you have autologin enabled and want to disable autologin open the file /etc/s
lxqt-sudo featherpad
and open /etc/sddm.conf. Then to disable autologin remove the entire line [autologin].
and open /etc/sddm.conf. Then to disable autologin remove the entire line [Autologin].
To test your sddm configuration and make sure it is a valid one so you can log in run
To test your SDDM configuration and make sure it is a valid one so you can log in run
.. code::

@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt Configuration Center
=======================================
LXQt Configuration Center is the default "control center" application with buttons that launches configuration options for LXQt the default desktop environment of Lubuntu.
LXQt Configuration Center is the default "control center" application with buttons that launches programs to configure LXQt the default desktop environment of Lubuntu.
Usage
------
@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ Screenshot
Version
-------
Lubuntu ships with version 0.14.1 of LXQt Configuration Center.
Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of LXQt Configuration Center.
How to Launch
-------------

@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ The tabs towards the bottom are settings for each monitor. This also has the sa
Version
-------
Lubuntu ships with version 0.14.1 of Monitor Settings.
Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Monitor Settings.
How to Launch
-------------

@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ To close Openbox Settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Cl
Version
-------
Lubuntu ships with version 0.14.1 of Openbox Settings.
Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Openbox Settings.
How to Launch
-------------

Binary file not shown.

Before

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 33 KiB

After

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 32 KiB

@ -13,14 +13,16 @@ The :guilabel:`Battery` tab has settings for monitoring your battery power level
The field :guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` Watches the battery on your system. The field :guilabel:`When Power is low then:` lets you choose what to do when your batter is low. The :guilabel:`Warning` field provides a duration to show a warning for low power. To change the level for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use icons from theme` changes the appearance of your battery to be the battery icon from your icon theme. If you are using a virtual machine or desktop without a battery and get annoyed that notification saying no battery at first login simply uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` checkbox. To see what your battery will look like it is under the text :guilabel:`Preview` text in the bottom of the screen.
The :guilabel:`Lid` tab manages settings for when you close your laptop lid. The lid watcher lets you choose to suspend or shut off your computer when the lid is closed on battery or on AC. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Enable Lid Watcher` enables actions to be taken when the laptop lid is closed and of course unchecking means it won't take any action. The :guilabel:`On battery` field changes what action to take when your laptop which each does it like it sounds like. The :guilabel:`On AC` is changes what action to take when your laptop lid is closed and it is plugged into power.
The :guilabel:`Lid` tab manages settings for when you close your laptop lid. The lid watcher lets you choose to suspend or shut off your computer when the lid is closed on battery or on AC. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Enable Lid Watcher` enables actions to be taken when the laptop lid is closed and of course uncheck means it won't take any action. The :guilabel:`On battery` field changes what action to take when your laptop which each does it like it sounds like. The :guilabel:`On AC` is changes what action to take when your laptop lid is closed and it is plugged into power.
.. image:: lidwatcher.png
.. image:: lid watcher.png
The Checkbox :guilabel:`When using external monitor` Allows you to have different settings when your laptop for closing the lid if you are plugged in to an external monitor. The fields :guilabel:`On Battery` and :guilabel:`On AC` function as above just different settings when plugged into an external monitor.
The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what happens when you walk away from your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle then` you select whether you want to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown or turn off monitor. The :guilabel:`Idle time` fields tell you how long to wait when you are away before the idleness watcher takes the action you wish.
To enable changing the backlight brightness when your computer is idle check the :guilabel:`Enable Backlight Change` checkbox. To change the brightness of your screen when idle change the :guilabel:`Backlight` slider. To change how long to reduce your brightness on your laptop change the :guilabel:`Idle time` field. To have the screen reduce brightness even when plugged in uncheck the :guilabel:`On battery discharging` checkbox.
To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Power Management press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button.
Screenshot
@ -29,7 +31,7 @@ Screenshot
Version
-------
Lubuntu ships with version 0.14.1 of Power Management.
Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Power Management.
How to Launch
-------------

@ -5,7 +5,8 @@ Session Settings is the way to change what happens when log into Lubuntu. Here y
Usage
------
The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change with a window manager and LXQt modules. To change the window manager used by LXQt, on the basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu. Choose from the drop down list or press :guilabel:`Search` if the drop down list does not contain your new window manager. LXQt modules lists the different part of LXQt if you find you do not want part of LXQt active you can enable or disable them here. If you wish to start the compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have chosen to disable it at default to lower system resources by default. To stop an LXQt Module left click on the module name press the :guilabel:`Stop` button. To start a stopped LXQt Modules press the :guilabel:`Start` button. If you want to restart part of LXQt without using the command line first press the :guilabel:`Stop` button and then the :guilabel:`Start` button.
The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change with a window manager and LXQt modules. To change the window manager used by LXQt, on the basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu. Choose from the drop down list or press :guilabel:`Search` if the drop down list does not contain your new window manager. The :guilabel:`LXQt Modules` heading lists the different part of LXQt if you find you do not want part of LXQt active you can enable or disable them here. If you wish to start the compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have chosen to disable it at default to lower system resources by default. To stop an LXQt Module left click on the module name press the :guilabel:`Stop` button. To start a stopped LXQt Modules press the :guilabel:`Start` button. If you want to restart part of LXQt without using the command line first press the :guilabel:`Stop` button and then the :guilabel:`Start` button.
.. image:: sessionsettings-basic.png
@ -31,7 +32,7 @@ If you want to undo changes you have done press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To
Version
-------
Lubuntu ships with version 0.14.1 of Session Settings.
Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Session Settings.
How to Launch
-------------

@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut from the keyboa
You can **Add** a new keyboard shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`Add` button. The shortcut field will be blank, click the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button to start the countdown, then press the **keyboard shortcut combination** you want to assign. Write a short description of what the keyboard shortcut does, for example "start drop down terminal", or "increases screen brightness" in the :guilabel:`Description` field so you know what this shortcut does in the future. To make this execute a terminal command select the :guilabel:`Command` radio button and enter the command. To restore keyboard shortcuts to default press the :guilabel:`Default` button.
To see what previous keyboard shortcuts use their are several columns to see what keyboard shortcuts do. To see what number of each keyboard shortcut look at the :guilabel:`Id` column. To see what keyboard to press look at the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what the shortcut does look at the :guilabel:`Description` column. To see what type of keyboard shortcut view the :guilabel:`Type` column. To see what cammand or what the shortcut will do view the :guilabel:`Info` column.
To see what previous keyboard shortcuts use their are several columns to see what keyboard shortcuts do. To see what number of each keyboard shortcut look at the :guilabel:`Id` column. To see what keyboard to press look at the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what the shortcut does look at the :guilabel:`Description` column. To see what type of keyboard shortcut view the :guilabel:`Type` column. To see what command or what the shortcut will do view the :guilabel:`Info` column.
To close Shortcut Keys press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button.
@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ Screenshots
Version
-------
Lubuntu ships with version 0.14.1 of Shortcut Keys.
Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Shortcut Keys.
How to Launch
-------------

@ -33,11 +33,11 @@ The :guilabel:`Groups` tabs lets you see info on groups and change properties. T
Version
-------
Lubuntu ships with version 0.14.1 of Users and Groups.
Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Users and Groups.
How to Launch
-------------
To launch Users and Groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> Users and Groups`. The icon for Users and Groups is a teal circle with nondescript picture of a person. Or you can run
To launch Users and Groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> Users and Groups`. The icon for Users and Groups is a teal circle with nondescript picture of a person in the foreground. Or you can run
.. code::

@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Window Effects is the default program in Lubuntu to manage effects of the Compto
Usage
------
The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how compton draws shadows. To toggle enable client side shadows press the Enable client side shadows checkbox. The checkbox for Avoid drawing shadows on dock/panel windows will stop drawing shadows on the panel. The :guilabel:`Color of shadow` lets you change the color of shadows from windows. The field for :guilabel:`The blur radius for shadows` changes how big to blur the shadows. :guilabel:`The left offset for shadows` is how far to move the shadows to the left with a larger number makes the shadow appear farther to the right. :guilabel:`The top offset for shadows` the larger the number farther down the shadow appears below the window. :guilabel:`The translucency for shadows` is how opaque or clear to make the shadows 1 is opaque shadows and 0 is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop shadows of maximized windows from extended displays` checkbox does not have shadows across multimonitor layouts on other monitors from windows on another.
The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how compton draws shadows. To toggle enable client side shadows press the Enable client side shadows checkbox. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Avoid drawing shadows` on dock/panel windows will stop drawing shadows on the panel. The :guilabel:`Color of shadow` lets you change the color of shadows from windows. The field for :guilabel:`The blur radius for shadows` changes how big to blur the shadows. :guilabel:`The left offset for shadows` is how far to move the shadows to the left with a larger number makes the shadow appear farther to the right. :guilabel:`The top offset for shadows` the larger the number farther down the shadow appears below the window. :guilabel:`The translucency for shadows` is how opaque or clear to make the shadows 1 is opaque shadows and 0 is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop shadows of maximized windows from extended displays` checkbox does not have shadows across multimonitor layouts on other monitors from windows on another.
.. image:: window_effects.png
@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ To have your settings applied you will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply` butto
Version
-------
Lubuntu ships with version 0.14.1 of Window Effects.
Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Window Effects.
How to Launch
-------------
@ -33,4 +33,4 @@ To launch Window Effects from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt Sett
compton-conf
from the command line. The icon for Window Effects is a gear button with a c in it to launch Window Effects. Of course for this to have any effect the compton compositor needs to be running so see `Chapter 3.2.13 <https://manual.lubuntu.me/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.html>`_ for how to autostart applications. To start the compton compositor now but not have it autostart :menuselection:`Acessories --> compton` from the menu.
from the command line. The icon for Window Effects is a gear button with a c in it to launch Window Effects. Of course for this to have any effect the compton compositor needs to be running so see `Chapter 3.2.13 <https://manual.lubuntu.me/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.html>`_ for how to autostart applications. To start the compton compositor just once :menuselection:`Acessories --> compton` from the menu.

Binary file not shown.

Before

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 43 KiB

After

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 45 KiB

Binary file not shown.

Before

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 48 KiB

After

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 48 KiB

Binary file not shown.

Before

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 57 KiB

After

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 39 KiB

Binary file not shown.

Before

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 62 KiB

After

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 62 KiB

@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ If you want to reset your changes you will need to click the :guilabel:`Reset` b
Version
-------
Lubuntu ships with version 0.14.1 of Appearance.
Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Appearance.
How to Launch
-------------

@ -7,6 +7,8 @@ Usage
------
The :guilabel:`Mode` drop down has 4 settings :menuselection:`Disable Screen Saver` turns off the screensaver, :menuselection:`Blank Screen Only` just turns the screen itself off, :menuselection:`Only One Screen Saver` sets one screensaver, and :menuselection:`Random Screen Saver` selects a random screensaver. If you selected to blank the screen change the :guilabel:`Blank After` field. If you have a random screensaver set you can change with the number of minutes it says with :guilabel:`Cycle After` for when the screensaver will change to another one. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Lock Screen After` takes the number of minutes to lock the screen and the number of minutes is how many minutes it takes to lock the screen.
To change your screensaver to a different screensaver left click on the name of the screensaver on the left hand side of the screen. You can see a small preview of the screensaver on the right hand side of the window.
.. image:: screensaver.png
If you try to select a screensaver that is not installed it will not show on the right hand side of the window. To preview a screensaver as when it would be activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` button. To see more settings for each individual screensaver press the :guilabel:`Settings` button.
@ -32,4 +34,4 @@ To launch Screensaver from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> Screensaver`
xscreensaver-demo
from the command line. The icon for Screensaveer looks like a blue rectangluar computer monitor with a darker blue background.
from the command line. The icon for Screensaveer looks like purple night picture of the sky at night.

@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ Screenshot
Version
-------
Lubuntu ships with 0.14.1 of Brightness.
Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of Brightness.
How to Launch
-------------

@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ Screenshots
Version
-------
Lubuntu ships with version 0.14.1 of Date and Time.
Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Date and Time.
How to Launch
-------------

Binary file not shown.

Before

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 29 KiB

After

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 20 KiB

Binary file not shown.

After

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 30 KiB

@ -5,9 +5,11 @@ Desktop is an application to change the desktop background, the appearance of ic
Usage
------
To change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file you can type in :guilabel:`Wallpaper image file` or use the :guilabel:`Browse` to bring up a dialog to choose which the desktop. The drop down of :guilabel:`Wallpaper mode` lets you change how the image you select for a wallpaper changes. If you want an image to have multiple copies of a smaller image select tile image from the drop down. If you do not want an image and just a solid color select fill with background color only. To change the background color if you select that press the button to the right of :guilabel:`Select background color`.
The :guilabel:`Background` tab has settings for desktop background. To change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file you can type in :guilabel:`Wallpaper image file` or use the :guilabel:`Browse` to bring up a dialog to choose which the desktop. The drop down of :guilabel:`Wallpaper mode` lets you change how the image you select for a wallpaper changes. If you want an image to have multiple copies of a smaller image select tile image from the drop down. If you do not want an image and just a solid color select fill with background color only. To change the background color if you select that press the button to the right of :guilabel:`Select background color`. To use a different wallpaper on each monitor check the :guilabel:`Individual wallpaper for each monitor`.
The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Icon size` lets you choose a different size of desktop icons you can choose a size that looks good on your screen. The box :guilabel:`Select text color` brings up a widget to pick the color on desktop icons and files. The field :guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow around the icon. To change the margins change the fields for :guilabel:`Minimum item margins` field for different coordinates. To make the margins always the same number of pixels check the :guilabel:`Lock` checkbox.
.. image:: desktop-general.png
The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for text on desktop icons and text colors and icon sizes. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Icon size` lets you choose a different size of desktop icons you can choose a size that looks good on your screen. The box :guilabel:`Select text color` brings up a widget to pick the color on desktop icons and files. The field :guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow around the icon. To change the margins change the fields for :guilabel:`Minimum item margins` field for different coordinates. To make the margins always the same number of pixels check the :guilabel:`Lock` checkbox.
.. image:: desktop.png
@ -15,11 +17,13 @@ The box labeled :guilabel:`Select font` lets you choose which font and size info
.. image:: desktop-font.png
The :guilabel:`Slide Show` tab shows settings for slide show of changing your wallpaper automatically like a slide show. The checkbox :guilabel:`Enable Slide Show` enables the slide show that auto changes your wallpaper. The field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` changes the path to find the different pictures for the slideshow or to find a folder press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how long it takes for the slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in :guilabel:`Interval` for changing how fast the slideshow changes. To randomize the order of the slide show check the :guilabel:`Randomize the slide show` checkbox.
The :guilabel:`Slide Show` tab shows settings for slide show of changing your wallpaper automatically like a slide show. The checkbox :guilabel:`Enable Slide Show` enables the slide show that auto changes your wallpaper. The field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` changes the path to find the different pictures for the slideshow or to find a folder press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how long it takes for the slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in :guilabel:`Interval` fields for changing how fast the slideshow changes. To randomize the order of the slide show check the :guilabel:`Randomize the slide show` checkbox.
.. image:: slideshow-desktop.png
The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab has settings for automatic desktop icons or included or to show openbox menus on click the desktop. To show or hide any of the default desktop icons check/uncheck the checkboxes for: :guilabel:`Home`, :guilabel:`Trash`, :guilabel:`Computer`, or :guilabel:`Network`. To show the openbox window manager menus by right clicking on the desktop check the :guilabel:`Show menus provided by window managers when desktop is clicked`.
The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab has settings for automatic desktop icons or included or to show openbox menus on click the desktop. To show or hide any of the default desktop icons check/uncheck the checkboxes for: :guilabel:`Home`, :guilabel:`Trash`, :guilabel:`Computer`, or :guilabel:`Network`.
.. image:: desktop-advanced.png
@ -27,7 +31,7 @@ To quit Desktop press the :kbd:`Escape` key.
Version
-------
Lubuntu ships with 0.14.1 of Desktop.
Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of Desktop.
How to Launch
-------------
@ -35,6 +39,6 @@ To launch Desktop from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --
.. code::
pcmanfm-qt --desktop-pref=general
PCManFM-Qt --desktop-pref=general
from the command line. Another way to launch this is to right click on the desktop :menuselection:`Desktop Preferences`. The desktop icon for Desktop Preferences is a gray rectangle with a small hole missing.

@ -9,7 +9,11 @@ The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change where Desktop notifications a
To quit the desktop notifications press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press :guilabel:`Close` button. To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button.
The :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab lets you change the duration of desktop notifications and their spacing. The :guilabel:`Default duration` field sets how long to show a notification with a default of 10 seconds. The :guilabel:`Width` field lets you choose how wide to make notifications. The :guilabel:`Spacing` field changes how far to place the notifications from each other. If you want to deal with notification when you are away from your computer use the settings under :guilabel:`Unattended Notifications`. To change the max number of notifications change the :guilabel:`How many to save` field. To ignore particular applications type the application name in the :guilabel:`Ignore these applications` field.
The :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab lets you change the duration of desktop notifications and their spacing. The :guilabel:`Default duration` field sets how long to show a notification with a default of 10 seconds. The :guilabel:`Width` field lets you choose how wide to make notifications. The :guilabel:`Spacing` field changes how far to place the notifications from each other.
If you want to deal with notification when you are away from your computer use the settings under :guilabel:`Unattended Notifications`. To change the max number of notifications change the :guilabel:`How many to save` field. To ignore particular applications type the application name in the :guilabel:`Ignore these applications` field.
Screenshots
-----------
@ -19,7 +23,7 @@ Screenshots
Version
-------
Lubuntu ships with version 0.14.1 of Desktop Notifications.
Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Desktop Notifications.
How to Launch
-------------

@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ Screenshot
Version
-------
Lubuntu ships with version 0.14.1 of File Associations
Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of File Associations
How to Launch
-------------

@ -5,9 +5,9 @@ Keyboard and Mouse is the program to change the behavior of your keyboard, mouse
Usage
------
The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves, scrolls, and double clicks. To increaqse acceleration of the mouse drag the :guilabel:`Acceleration` slider to the right for more acceleration and to make the mouse accelerate slower drag it to the left. To increase the sensitivity of the mouse drag the slider for :guilabel:`Sensitivity` towards the right or conversely to decrease sensitivity drag the :guilabel:`Sensitivity` slider towards low. The settings should apply immediately so make sure the mouse moves how you want it.
The :guilabel:`Wheel scroll lines` field changes how many lines of text you scroll when you use the scrollwheel. If you wish to only have to tap once to perform a left click check the :guilabel:`Single click to activate items` checkbox. If you wish to swap left and right buttons on your mouse check the :guilabel:`Left handed` checkbox. Note that this also swaps the buttons on a touchpad.
The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves, scrolls, and double clicks. The :guilabel:`Wheel scroll lines` field changes how many lines of text you scroll when you use the scrollwheel. If you wish to only have to tap once to perform a left click check the :guilabel:`Single click to activate items` checkbox. If you wish to swap left and right buttons on your mouse check the :guilabel:`Left handed` checkbox. Note that this also swaps the buttons on a touchpad. The settings should apply immediately so make sure the mouse moves how you want it.
.. image:: keyboardandmouse.png
@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ The :guilabel:`Mouse and Touchpad` tab has settings for touchpads. To select whi
Version
-------
Lubuntu ships with version 0.14.1 of Keyboard and Mouse.
Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Keyboard and Mouse.
How to Launch
-------------

@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ The checkbox for :guilabel:`Detailed Settings` allows for even more customizatio
Version
-------
Lubuntu ships with version 0.14.1 of Locale.
Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Locale.
How to Launch
-------------

@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
Chapter 3 System Tools and Preferences
***************************************
This chapter documents tools to manage your system, to change preferences, and themeing Lubuntu.
This chapter documents tools to manage your system, change preferences, and themeing Lubuntu.
.. toctree::
:maxdepth: 2

Binary file not shown.

After

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 104 KiB

@ -22,6 +22,9 @@ In the upper right corner of discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort` category t
To get to your settings on what software to use install use the :guilabel:`Settings` tab. To remove a source such as a PPA click the hidden red :guilabel:`X` button on the right hand side of to remove it. To toggle enabling or disabling a software source check or uncheck the checkbox next to that software source.
.. image:: discover-settings.png
Screenshot
----------
@ -29,7 +32,7 @@ Screenshot
Version
-------
Lubuntu ships with version 5.17.9 of Discover.
Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.4 of Discover.
How to Launch
-------------

Binary file not shown.

Before

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 44 KiB

After

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 44 KiB

Binary file not shown.

Before

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 53 KiB

After

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 54 KiB

Binary file not shown.

Before

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 65 KiB

After

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 64 KiB

Binary file not shown.

Before

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 115 KiB

After

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 119 KiB

@ -17,11 +17,11 @@ The :guilabel:`Ubuntu Software` tab contains settings involving the downloading
.. image:: ubuntu_software-tab.png
The :guilabel:`Other software` tab allows you to add, remove, or edit other software sources. Here you can manage remote repositories (PPAs) and CD-ROM repositories.To enable/disable a software source click the checkbox to the left of its name. To remove software from the list left click the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To add a third party source of software to your system press the :guilabel:`Add` button.
The :guilabel:`Other software` tab allows you to add, remove, or edit other software sources. Here you can manage remote repositories (PPAs) and CD-ROM repositories. To enable/disable a software source click the checkbox to the left of its name. To remove software from the list left click the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To add a third party source of software to your system press the :guilabel:`Add` button.
.. image:: other-software-sources.png
The :guilabel:`Updates` tab allows you set which software updates you would like to subscribe to, in this case :guilabel:`Important security updates`, :guilabel:`Recommended updates`, :guilabel:`Pre-released (unstable)`, and :guilabel:`Unsupported updates`. You can also set how frequently your system will automatically check for updates to the right of :guilabel:`Check for updates` and what actions it should take, namely notify you, download (without notification), or install updates. You can also specify which releases you would like to be notified of in the :guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` drop down, :menuselection:`Normal Releases`, :menuselection:`Long term releases only` or :menuselection:`Never`.
The :guilabel:`Updates` tab allows you set which software updates you would like to subscribe to, in this case :guilabel:`Important security updates`, :guilabel:`Recommended updates`, :guilabel:`Pre-released (unstable)`, and :guilabel:`Unsupported updates`. You can also set how frequently your system will automatically check for updates to the right of :guilabel:`Check for updates` and what actions it should take, namely notify you, download (without notification), or install updates. You can also specify which releases you would like to be notified of in the :guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` drop down, :menuselection:`Normal Releases`, :menuselection:`Long term releases only`, or :menuselection:`Never`.
.. image:: software_sources.png
@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ To launch this part of the program directly :menuselection:`Preferences --> Addi
Version
-------
Lubuntu ships with version 0.97.9 of Software Sources.
Lubuntu ships with version 0.98.10 of Software Sources.
How to Launch
-------------

@ -7,6 +7,8 @@ Usage
-----
To apply an upgrade for the press the :guilabel:`Upgrade` button. This will bring up a prompt for Update Notifier with lxqt-sudo for you to authenticate applying updates. After this happens in the center will be a large progress bar showing the progress of installing. Press the :guilabel:`OK` button after entering your password. Once the update is done press the :guilabel:`Close` button.
To see what will change on a update left click on the a category most likely :guilabel:`Upgrade` and see what list of packages will be upgraded.
If you have to restart after an update the window will say :guilabel:`Restart Required`.
Screenshot
@ -16,7 +18,7 @@ Screenshot
Version
-------
Lubuntu ships with version 0.1 of Update Notifier.
Lubuntu ships with version 0.3 of Update Notifier.
How to Launch
-------------

Binary file not shown.

Before

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 15 KiB

After

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 22 KiB

Binary file not shown.

Before

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 17 KiB

After

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 20 KiB

@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ The application menu allows you to browse and search through available programs;
.. image:: menu_search.png
The quick launch bar allows you to conveniently launch your file manager (PCManFM) and web browser (Firefox) by left clicking on the program. If you right click on the icons in quick launch on something like Firefox will have items for each program. To add a program to quick launch open the menu and find it there and drag it down onto the panel. To move an item on your quick launch to the left right click the icon and select :menuselection:`Move left`. To move an item to the left right click the icon and select :menuselection:`Move right`. To remove an item from quick launch right click on the icon and select :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To show your desktop press the show desktop button between quick launch and the taskbar. To see all your windows again press the show desktop button again.
The quick launch bar allows you to conveniently launch your file manager (PCManFM) and web browser (Firefox) by left clicking on the program. If you right click on the icons in quick launch on something like Firefox will have items for each program. To add a program to quick launch open the menu and find it there and drag it down onto the panel. To move an item on your quick launch to the left right click the icon and select :menuselection:`Move left`. To move an item to the left right click the icon and select :menuselection:`Move right`. Another way to reorder items on quicklaunch is to hold :kbd:`Control` and drag and drop to the desired position. To remove an item from quick launch right click on the icon and select :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To show your desktop press the blue show desktop button between quick launch and the taskbar. To see all your windows again press the blue show desktop button again.
The taskbar lists the windows you currently have open. To bring one of these windows to focus simply left click the windows on the task bar. If you have multiple of the same window left clicking will open the group, allowing you to select between the different windows by left clicking. If you want to close a group of multiple windows you can right click the group and click :menuselection:`Close group`. To see a list of all the windows in a group mouseover the group of windows on the taskbar.
@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ To change many panel settings right click not on the main taskbar and select :me
The :guilabel:`Panel` tab has settings for the color and position of the panel. To move the panel there is a drop down menu of position that can move it to the side of the screen you want. The :guilabel:`Alignment` drop down menu lets you set the alignment of the panel on your screen. Keep in mind changing the alignment will not change anything if your panel takes the entire screen. To change the position of your panel use the :guilabel:`Position` field to move the panel on your screen around. If you have multiple monitors the :guilabel:`Position` field will have different options for moving the panel onto different monitors. The :guilabel:`Size` menu lets you increase or decrease the width of the panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields the one is either :menuselection:`px` or :menuselection:`%` is to change the length of the panel in pixels while percent is a percent of the entire screen size that changes if you change resolution. The first is the number of pixels or percent of the screen you want the panel to cover. The :guilabel:`Icon size` makes the size of the icons bigger or smaller on the panel. If you want multiple rows in your system tray and taskbar make the :guilabel:`Rows` field.
If you want to autohide the panel check the :guilabel:`Auto-hide` checkbox in panel settings. To change how long the animation takes to show or hide the panel change the :guilabel:`Animation duration` field. To show how long your panel will appear when it comes back after hiding in milliseconds change the :guilabel:`Show with delay` field. To show a very thin bit of the panel visible when autohidden check the :guilabel:`Visible thin margin for hidden panel` checkbox. To have the space for the panel not be used for anything else check the :guilabel:`Reserve space on display` checkbox.
If you want to autohide the panel check the :guilabel:`Auto-hide` checkbox in panel settings. To change how long the animation takes to show or hide the panel change the :guilabel:`Animation duration` field. To show how long your panel will appear when it comes back after hiding in milliseconds change the :guilabel:`Show with delay` field. To show a little of the panel visible when the panel is autohidden check the :guilabel:`Visible thin margin for hidden panel` checkbox. To have the space for the panel not be used for anything else check the :guilabel:`Reserve space on display` checkbox.
To change to a custom font color press the :guilabel:`Font color` checkbox. Press the dropper button to bring up a widget to choose the custom color. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Background color` sets a background color custom for the background of LXQt-panel and the :guilabel:`dropper` brings up how to select which color. To add an image to your panel background press the checkbox and select your image for the file in the dialog.
@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ To turn off searching in the menu uncheck the :guilabel:`Filter menu entries` an
.. image:: menu-pref.png
To customize the desktop switcher right click on the desktop switcher :menuselection:`Configure Desktop Switcher` or press the :guilabel:`Gear` button. To change the number of rows on your desktop change the :guilabel:`Number of rows` field. To change how desktops are labeled change the :guilabel:`Desktop Labels` field. To change the name of each desktop enter a name under :guilabel:`Desktop Names`.
To customize the desktop switcher right click on the desktop switcher :menuselection:`Configure Desktop Switcher` or press the :guilabel:`Gear` button. To change the number of rows on your desktop change the :guilabel:`Number of rows` field. To change how desktops are labeled change the :guilabel:`Desktop Labels` field. To only show the current desktop check the :guilabel:`Show only active desktop` checkbox. To change the name of each desktop enter a name under :guilabel:`Desktop Names`.
.. image:: desktop-switch.png
@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ The settings for removable media is able to be opened up is right click the appl
.. image:: removalble-media-settings.png
To configure the volume applet right click on the volume applet and select :menuselection:`Configure "Volume Control"`. To change which audio output to have the applet control change the dropdown at the bottom of the :guilabel:`Device to control` box. To change what you use as your mixer type the command in the :guilabel:`External Mixer` field. To switch to changing sound settings for only ALSA press the :guilabel:`ALSA` button. To switch back to changing pulse audio settings press the :guilabel:`PulseAudio` button. To toggle muting on middle clicking check the :guilabel:`Mute on middle click` checkbox. To toggle having to click to bring up the volume applet check the :guilabel:`Show on mouse click` checkbox. To allow your volume in software to be over 100 percent check the :guilabel:`Allow volume beyond 100%` checkbox however this will cause distortion. To always show notification on volume changes check the :guilabel:`Always notify about volume changes` checkbox. To change how what percentage your volume meter changes use the :guilabel:`Volume adjust step` field.
To configure the volume applet right click on the volume applet and select :menuselection:`Configure "Volume Control"`. To change which audio output to have the applet control change the dropdown at the bottom of the :guilabel:`Device to control` box. To change what you use as your mixer type the command in the :guilabel:`External Mixer` field. To switch to changing sound settings for only ALSA press the :guilabel:`ALSA` button. To switch back to changing pulse audio settings press the :guilabel:`PulseAudio` button. To toggle muting on middle clicking check the :guilabel:`Mute on middle click` checkbox. To toggle having to click to bring up the volume applet check the :guilabel:`Show on mouse click` checkbox. To allow your volume in software to be over 100 percent check the :guilabel:`Allow volume beyond 100%` checkbox however this will cause distortion. To always show notification on volume changes check the :guilabel:`Always notify about volume changes` checkbox. To notify about volume changes via keyboard check the :guilabel:`Notify about volume changes with keyboard` checkbox. To change how what percentage your volume meter changes use the :guilabel:`Volume adjust step` field.
.. image:: volume-app-pref.png
@ -128,7 +128,9 @@ To add a spacer to your panel add the spacer widget. It creates a blank space on
Version
-------
Lubuntu ships with version 0.14.1 of LXQt-panel.
Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of LXQt-panel.
How to Launch
-------------

Binary file not shown.

Before

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 55 KiB

After

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 64 KiB

@ -1,11 +1,15 @@
Chapter 5.2 Desktop Icons
=========================
The icons on your desktop can be moved by left clicking, holding and dragging the desktop icon to the position you want it. Shortcuts or desktop entry files can be opened by double click on the icon. If you want to view or edit a desktop file say for launching an application is to right click on the icon open with and select say a text editor like Featherpad to open file. To move a desktop icon hold left click and drag the icon to the desired position. If you move a desktop icon and then want to move it back right click and uncheck :menuselection:`Stick to current Position`. If you have an new executable file on your desktop and always want to run it right click and select :menuselection:`Trust this executable`. If an executable is not trusted it will have an :guilabel:`!` on the icon.
If you want to not see all your icons to show off your awesome desktop right click on the desktop background and select :menuselection:`Hide Desktop Items`. To get your desktop icons to show again right click and uncheck the :guilabel:`Hide Desktop Icons` checkbox. If you have hidden files in your desktop and want to toggle showing them right click on your desktop, check/uncheck, and select :menuselection:`Show Hidden`. To create a new folder on your desktop right click and select :menuselection:`Create New --> Folder`. To create a new blank file on your desktop right click on it and select :menuselection:`Create New --> Blank File`.
The icons on your desktop can be moved by left clicking, holding and dragging the desktop icon to the position you want it. Shortcuts or desktop entry files can be opened by double click on the icon. If you want to view or edit a desktop file say for launching an application is to right click on the icon open with and select say a text editor like FeatherPad to open file. To move a desktop icon hold left click and drag the icon to the desired position. If you move a desktop icon and then want to move it back right click and uncheck :menuselection:`Stick to current Position`. If you have an new executable file on your desktop and always want to run it right click and select :menuselection:`Trust this executable`. If an executable is not trusted it will have an :guilabel:`!` on the icon.
If you want to not see all your icons to show off your awesome desktop right click on the desktop background and select :menuselection:`Hide Desktop Items`. If you have hidden files in your desktop and want to toggle showing them right click on your desktop, check/uncheck, and select :menuselection:`Show Hidden`. To get your desktop icons to show again right click and uncheck the :guilabel:`Hide Desktop Icons` checkbox. To create a new folder on your desktop right click and select :menuselection:`Create New --> Folder`. To create a new blank file on your desktop right click on it and select :menuselection:`Create New --> Blank File`.
To rearrange your files by when they were last modified right click on the desktop :menuselection:`Sorting --> By Modification Time`. To sort by how large each file is right click on the desktop :menuselection:`Sorting --> By File Size`. To return to sorting by name right click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> By File Name`. To reverse the order of sorting right click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Descending`. To sort back to the way you had before right click and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Ascending`. To make your sorting of desktop icons case sensitive right click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Case Sensitive`. To make folders appear first right click on your checkbox and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Folder First`.
To select all items on your desktop right click on the desktop background and select :menuselection:`Select All`. To select the opposite to what you currently have select right click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Invert Selection`.
Some icons also have special actions associated with them. You can right click on the trash and select :menuselection:`Empty Trash` to get rid of all files in your trash can.
@ -23,34 +27,8 @@ To remove a desktop icon right click on the file and click :menuselection:`Move
Editing
-------
To edit a desktop entry including those on your menu you will need to open the .desktop entry in Featherpad or the text editor of your choice you can also on desktop icons right click on the icon and :menuselection:`Open With`. To launch a program with an option simply add that option to the line that starts with Exec=. To change what the name of the desktop file shows up as on the desktop and in file manger change the entry line that starts with Name=. To change the icon to that used by something else change the line starting with Icon=.
To edit a desktop entry including those on your menu you will need to open the .desktop entry in FeatherPad or the text editor of your choice you can also on desktop icons right click on the icon and :menuselection:`Open With`. To launch a program with an option simply add that option to the line that starts with Exec=. To change what the name of the desktop file shows up as on the desktop and in file manger change the entry line that starts with Name=. To change the icon to that used by something else change the line starting with Icon=.
Creating
--------
To create your own desktop file you will need to have certain required key value pairs in your file
one thing you will need on the first line is
.. code::
[desktop entry]
If you read to the next required key you will need is a type of each action
.. code::
Type=
The next required field for creating your own desktop file is a name key which you will need a line starting with
.. code::
Name=
If you want your desktop icon to run a program you will need a line that has
.. code::
Exec=
To create a launcher graphically you can right click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Create Launcher`. To add a name for the launcher you want enter in the :guilabel:`Name` field. To enter a description of the program enter the :guilabel:`Description` field. To add a comment to your .desktop file enter it in the :guilabel:`Comment` field. To add which command you want your desktop file to execute enter that in the :guilabel:`Command` field. To choose which icon to use for your icon enter it in the :guilabel:`Icon` file or press the :guilabel:`...` button to find browse for what icon to use. To change whether the apps launches in a terminal change the :guilabel:`Terminal` field. To change to make this a link use the :guilabel:`Type` field and select :menuselection:`Link`. When you select link you can add the URL with the :guilabel:`URL` field.

@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ Runner allows you to search for and launch applications and commands in the LXQt
Usage
------
To search for a program, press :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` and start typing a command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar behavior in browsers. All installed applications can be launched this way and Runner can be configured to store a history of recent programs. If you want to clear history open the downward pointing menu :menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner even lets you logout, shutdown, or other ways to leave your session through the runner. Also keep in mind you do not have to search for the start of an application like inputting :kbd:`grab` will show results for screengrab. To paste a command to run into the runner press :kbd:`Control +V` or right click on the runner and select :menuselection:`Paste`.
To search for a program, press :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` and start typing a command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar behavior in browsers. All installed applications can be launched this way and Runner can be configured to store a history of recent programs. If you want to clear history open the downward pointing menu :menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner even lets you logout, shutdown, or other ways to leave your session through the runner. Also keep in mind you do not have to search for the start of an application like inputting :kbd:`grab` will show results for ScreenGrab. To paste a command to run into the runner press :kbd:`Control +V` or right click on the runner and select :menuselection:`Paste`.
Runner can also work as a calculator if you put for example :kbd:`2+2=` and you will get the answer. To add numbers together with the calculator enter the :kbd:`+` in the bar. To subtract numbers together with the calculator enter the :kbd:`-` in the bar. To multiply numbers enter :kbd:`*` into the bar. To divide numbers in runner enter :kbd:`/` into the bar. To exponentiate enter :kbd:`^` into the bar. To actually get the result you will need to put a :kbd:`=` at the end.

@ -5,6 +5,6 @@ Lubuntu allows you to move through the menus of with only the keyboard instead o
Once you have the menu opened you can use the :kbd:`Up arrow` and :kbd:`Down arrow` keys to move up and down in a menu. Another way to move down in the menu is to press :kbd:`Tab` key. If the menu has :menuselection:`-->` to the right you can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to expand into a submenu. To move back up a level from the menu press :kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to exit the menu press :kbd:`Escape`. To move to adjacent menu to the left press :kbd:` Left arrow`. To move to an adjacent menu to the right press :kbd:` right arrow`. To activate an item on your menu press :kbd:`Enter`. If you press the :kbd:`Down arrow` or :kbd:`Tab` keys at the bottom of the menu you will be taken back to the top of the menu.
If there is not a submenu available you can use :kbd:`Right arrow` to move to the next menu to the right. If you are at the highest level of a menu press :kbd:`Left arrow` to move to the menu to the left.
If there is not a submenu available you can use :kbd:`Right arrow` to move to the next menu to the right. If you are at the highest level of a menu press :kbd:`Left arrow` to move to the menu to the left. To close a menu press the :kbd:`Escape` key.
.. image:: menu-example.png

@ -21,3 +21,11 @@ To add a boot option press the :kbd:`e` key and then type the boot parameter you
If you want more openbox customization than the openbox settings can provide you can look at the openbox wiki `openbox wiki <http://openbox.org/wiki/Main_Page>`_ .
If you have multiple monitors and run either fullscreen games and video adding a second panel with the world clock plugin will help you tell what time it is.
In Modern Lubuntu release DNS is managed by systemd-resolvedd. To find the configuration file you need to edit to change your DNS settings you will need to edit /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. To apply your changes you will need to run
.. code::
sudo systemctl restart systemd-resolved
to get your changes actually applied.

@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
Appendix D Upgrading from previous releases
********************************************
With every release upgrade comes many changes across the entire landscape of packages. Naturally, an extremely large change like this can cause problems, so **we strongly recommend you back up your files**. Also, if your computer is one that runs on a battery (such as a laptop), please ensure that the power is connected, as it may take a while and unexpected power failures could be disastrous. Also keep in mind upgrading from a previous release will download will take time and data.
With every release upgrade comes many changes across the entire landscape of packages. Naturally, an extremely large change like this can cause problems, so **we strongly recommend you back up your files**. Also, if your computer runs on a battery (such as a laptop), please ensure that the power is connected, as it may take a while and unexpected power failures could be disastrous. Also keep in mind upgrading from a previous release will download will take time and data.
This way of upgrading involves the command line and is also useful for server upgrades. Unfortunately with main Ubuntu and Lubuntu dropping 32-bit upgrades, 32-bit upgrades after Lubuntu 18.04 are not supported.

@ -41,9 +41,9 @@ author = u'Lubuntu Team'
# built documents.
#
# The short X.Y version.
version = u'20.04'
version = u'20.10'
# The full version, including alpha/beta/rc tags.
release = u'20.04 LTS'
release = u'20.10'
# The language for content autogenerated by Sphinx. Refer to documentation
# for a list of supported languages.

@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:2
msgid "Chapter 1.1 Retrieving the image"
@ -26,66 +26,32 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:4
msgid ""
"Before you install Lubuntu, you need to retrieve the correct image. "
"Lubuntu provides support for several different CPU types and "
"architectures, with a new version every six months (supported for nine "
"months), and every two years being a long term support release (supported"
" for three years)."
"Lubuntu supports AMD64 CPU types also known as 64-bit with a new version "
"every six months (supported for nine months), and every two years being a"
" long term support release (supported for three years). If you have a 32 "
"bit processor we unfortunately had to drop support but 18.04 LTS is still"
" supported until 2021 for 32 bit. Lubuntu 20.04 is a Long Term Support "
"release supported until 2023."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:7
msgid "Architectures"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:8
msgid "amd64 (commonly referred to as 64-bit)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9
msgid "i386 (commonly referred to as 32-bit)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:14
msgid "amd64"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:15
msgid ""
"The amd64 image will work with most modern processors. The best way to "
"determine if your computer has an amd64 or i386 processor is to boot the "
"image. It's the only way that you will be able to know for sure what "
"architecture your computer is. amd64 computers are backwards compatible "
"with i386 images. You may want to use an i386 image instead if you have "
"an amd64 processor with very low amounts of RAM."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:18
msgid "i386"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:19
msgid ""
"This is the original 32-bit architecture that will work best on computers"
" with very low amounts of RAM and processing power."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22
msgid "LTS vs. Regular Releases"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9
msgid ""
"Lubuntu offers two types of releases. The **Long Term Support** release, "
"or the **LTS**, is the release recommended for most users. It is "
"supported for three years after the release date and does not contain new"
" features. Throughout the course of the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team "
"will deliver **Hardware Enablement** updates, or **HWE** updates, to "
"Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Additionally, all currently-supported "
"Lubuntu LTS releases use the **LXDE** desktop environment, which is the "
"traditional Lubuntu experience however Lubuntu 18.10 uses the **LXQt** "
"which is a more modern environment."
"Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Previously, Lubuntu used **LXDE** but "
"since 18.10 it has used the **LXQt**. Lubuntu 20.04 is the First **Long "
"Term Support** release which uses the more modern **LXQt** desktop "
"environment."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:11
msgid ""
"For users looking to try new features every six months at the expense of "
"the support cycle length, Lubuntu offers **interim releases**, or "
@ -95,7 +61,7 @@ msgid ""
" somewhat more experienced users looking for a fresher experience."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:13
msgid ""
"**It is extremely important that if you choose this path, you upgrade to "
"each successive regular release shortly after it comes out.** If you are "
@ -103,64 +69,64 @@ msgid ""
"instead."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:16
msgid "Ways to download the image"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:17
msgid ""
"Now that the decision of which architecture and release type you need is "
"made, you will need to download the image."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:37
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22
msgid "There are several ways to download the Lubuntu image:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:35
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:20
msgid "HTTP download (from your web browser or terminal)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:21
msgid ""
"BitTorrent (from a BitTorrent client such as Transmission, recommended "
"for Windows and macOS users)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:37
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22
msgid "zsync (from the terminal, recommended for Linux users)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:39
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24
msgid ""
"You can also download the image via Jigdo but we will not cover that in "
"this manual."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:41
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26
msgid ""
"An easy download page which lists the HTTP and BitTorrent downloads is "
"available `on the Lubuntu website's Downloads page "
"<https://lubuntu.me/downloads/>`_, however for zsync downloads, you need "
"<https://Lubuntu.me/downloads/>`_, however for zsync downloads, you need "
"to visit `cdimage.ubuntu.com <http://cdimage.ubuntu.com/lubuntu/>`_, "
"which has the files listed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:43
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28
msgid "Below you can find more detailed notes on each download method."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:46
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31
msgid "Downloading the image via HTTP"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:47
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32
msgid ""
"*We don't recommend using this method as it's often slower, more error "
"prone, and less efficient than the other methods.*"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:34
msgid ""
"After you download the image, you **must** verify it, as this is the most"
" common reason there are problems with a Lubuntu install. There is `a "
@ -169,42 +135,30 @@ msgid ""
"in the right direction."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36
msgid ""
"Downloading via HTTP and not verifying the image can lead to hours of "
"frustration with even the developers quite confused what is happening "
"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped it will cause "
"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped will cause "
"massive frustration and a failed install."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53
msgid ""
"To do this the easiest way is the command line is to run for 64 bit "
"lubuntu 18.10"
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:38
msgid "To verify the image, run this from the command line:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:44
msgid ""
"and then carefully check that the output matches "
"99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 "
"\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:61
msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:67
msgid ""
"and then check carefully the output matches "
"38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 \\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso"
"cc18a581d2e4d86f3f29ef44c12a0c42b54cde93db9fc5f7c3f10db1aff3fa9a "
"\\*lubuntu-20.04-desktop-amd64.iso"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:71
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:48
msgid "Downloading the image via BitTorrent"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:72
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49
msgid ""
"Instead of downloading the image from one server, you can \"torrent\" the"
" image, or download it from multiple sources instead of just one. This is"
@ -214,7 +168,7 @@ msgid ""
"<https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BitTorrent>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:74
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51
msgid ""
"In order to torrent the file, you need a BitTorrent client. We recommend "
"`Transmission <https://transmissionbt.com/>`_, an Open Source BitTorrent "
@ -223,13 +177,13 @@ msgid ""
"Windows users."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53
msgid ""
"The BitTorrent links can be found on our Downloads page or "
"cdimage.ubuntu.com, both linked above."
"`cdimage.ubuntu.com`_, both linked above."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:78
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:55
msgid ""
"After you have downloaded the link you need, open it in your BitTorrent "
"client. This will download the image. After this is done, we recommend "
@ -238,38 +192,42 @@ msgid ""
"decentralizing the download location for other users."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59
msgid "Downloading the image via zsync"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:83
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:60
msgid ""
"zsync is a convenient application that will automatically verify the "
"checksum of the image once downloaded. The Lubuntu team uses this to "
"download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta since the "
"last image was spun."
"download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta or "
"difference since the last image was spun."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:85
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:62
msgid ""
"In order to use zsync, you need to install it. Since this is a Linux-only"
" client, you can get it from your distribution's package repository."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:87
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:64
msgid ""
"If you are running Debian or Ubuntu (or a distribution based off of "
"either), run the following command in a terminal:"
"If you are running Debian, Ubuntu, or a distribution based off of either,"
" run the following command in a terminal:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:93
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:70
msgid ""
"Otherwise, there is a snap application you can download of zsync which "
"should function mostly the same and should work on all Linux "
"distributions:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:99
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76
msgid "To download the image using zsync run"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82
msgid ""
"**You have now downloaded the image successfully. Please continue to "
"Chapter 1.2.**"
@ -316,3 +274,139 @@ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "sudo snap install zsync"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Before you install Lubuntu, you need "
#~ "to retrieve the correct image. Lubuntu"
#~ " provides support for several different "
#~ "CPU types and architectures, with a "
#~ "new version every six months (supported"
#~ " for nine months), and every two "
#~ "years being a long term support "
#~ "release (supported for three years)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Architectures"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "amd64 (commonly referred to as 64-bit)"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "i386 (commonly referred to as 32-bit)"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "amd64"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The amd64 image will work with "
#~ "most modern processors. The best way "
#~ "to determine if your computer has "
#~ "an amd64 or i386 processor is to"
#~ " boot the image. It's the only "
#~ "way that you will be able to "
#~ "know for sure what architecture your "
#~ "computer is. amd64 computers are "
#~ "backwards compatible with i386 images. "
#~ "You may want to use an i386 "
#~ "image instead if you have an amd64"
#~ " processor with very low amounts of"
#~ " RAM."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "i386"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "This is the original 32-bit architecture"
#~ " that will work best on computers "
#~ "with very low amounts of RAM and"
#~ " processing power."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Lubuntu offers two types of releases."
#~ " The **Long Term Support** release, "
#~ "or the **LTS**, is the release "
#~ "recommended for most users. It is "
#~ "supported for three years after the "
#~ "release date and does not contain "
#~ "new features. Throughout the course of"
#~ " the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team"
#~ " will deliver **Hardware Enablement** "
#~ "updates, or **HWE** updates, to Lubuntu"
#~ " via Linux kernel updates. Additionally,"
#~ " all currently-supported Lubuntu LTS "
#~ "releases use the **LXDE** desktop "
#~ "environment, which is the traditional "
#~ "Lubuntu experience however Lubuntu 18.10 "
#~ "uses the **LXQt** which is a more"
#~ " modern environment."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "An easy download page which lists "
#~ "the HTTP and BitTorrent downloads is "
#~ "available `on the Lubuntu website's "
#~ "Downloads page <https://lubuntu.me/downloads/>`_, "
#~ "however for zsync downloads, you need"
#~ " to visit `cdimage.ubuntu.com "
#~ "<http://cdimage.ubuntu.com/lubuntu/>`_, which has "
#~ "the files listed."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Downloading via HTTP and not verifying"
#~ " the image can lead to hours of"
#~ " frustration with even the developers "
#~ "quite confused what is happening with"
#~ " your system. With just one bit "
#~ "of the image flipped it will cause"
#~ " massive frustration and a failed "
#~ "install."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To do this the easiest way is "
#~ "the command line is to run for "
#~ "64 bit lubuntu 18.10"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "and then carefully check that the "
#~ "output matches "
#~ "99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 "
#~ "\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "and then check carefully the output "
#~ "matches 38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 "
#~ "\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The BitTorrent links can be found "
#~ "on our Downloads page or "
#~ "cdimage.ubuntu.com, both linked above."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "zsync is a convenient application that"
#~ " will automatically verify the checksum "
#~ "of the image once downloaded. The "
#~ "Lubuntu team uses this to download "
#~ "daily images as it will seamlessly "
#~ "download the delta since the last "
#~ "image was spun."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "If you are running Debian or "
#~ "Ubuntu (or a distribution based off "
#~ "of either), run the following command"
#~ " in a terminal:"
#~ msgstr ""

@ -10,17 +10,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:2
msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the image"
msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the Image"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:4
@ -41,111 +41,196 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:10
msgid ""
"In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have three "
"choices, depending on which image you downloaded:"
"In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have two "
"choices either"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41
msgid "."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:14
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:12
msgid "a DVD"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:15
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:13
msgid "a USB drive (2 GB or greater)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19
msgid "Writing/burning the image"
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16
msgid "Writing/burning the Image"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23
msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto CDs/DVDs:"
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21
msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto DVDs:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:18
msgid "`Brasero <https://wiki.gnome.org/Apps/Brasero/>`_"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:22
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19
msgid "K3b"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:20
msgid "Windows Disc Image Burner"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21
msgid "InfraRecorder"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:25
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23
msgid ""
"Unfortunately, burning images to CDs or DVDs is beyond the scope of this "
"manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on this topic, and we "
"recommend you read them if you plan on doing this."
"Unfortunately, burning images to USB or DVDs on macOS or Windows is "
"beyond the scope of this manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on"
" this topic, and we recommend you read them if you plan on doing this."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29
msgid "Guides from the Ubuntu website:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:27
msgid ""
"`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu "
"<http://www.ubuntu.com/download/desktop/burn-a-dvd-on-ubuntu>`_"
"`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu <https://tutorials.ubuntu.com/tutorial"
"/tutorial-burn-a-dvd-on-ubuntu>`_"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:30
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:28
msgid ""
"`How to burn a DVD on Windows "
"<http://www.ubuntu.com/download/desktop/burn-a-dvd-on-windows>`_"
"`How to burn a DVD on Windows <https://tutorials.ubuntu.com/tutorial"
"/tutorial-burn-a-dvd-on-windows>`_"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29
msgid ""
"`How to burn a DVD on macOS "
"<http://www.ubuntu.com/download/desktop/burn-a-dvd-on-mac-osx>`_"
"`How to burn a DVD on macOS <https://tutorials.ubuntu.com/tutorial"
"/tutorial-burn-a-dvd-on-macos>`_"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:33
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31
msgid ""
"For writing images to USB drives on Linux, we recommend `mkusb "
"<https://help.ubuntu.com/community/mkusb>`_, a tool developed by a "
"Lubuntu team member."
"<https://help.ubuntu.com/community/mkusb>`_ a tool developed by a Lubuntu"
" team member, or the USB creator shipped with Lubuntu `Startup Disk "
"Creator <https://manual.lubuntu.me/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-"
"creator.html>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:35
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:33
msgid ""
"Writing images to USB drives from macOS or Windows is beyond the scope of"
" this book, but the Ubuntu website also has several guides on this:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:39
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:36
msgid ""
"`How to create a bootable USB stick on Windows "
"<http://www.ubuntu.com/download/desktop/create-a-usb-stick-on-windows>`_"
"<https://tutorials.ubuntu.com/tutorial/tutorial-create-a-usb-stick-on-"
"windows>`_"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:40
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:37
msgid ""
"`How to create a bootable USB stick on macOS "
"<http://www.ubuntu.com/download/desktop/create-a-usb-stick-on-mac-osx>`_"
"<https://tutorials.ubuntu.com/tutorial/tutorial-create-a-usb-stick-on-"
"macos>`_"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:44
msgid "Booting the image"
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:40
msgid "Booting the Image"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:45
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41
msgid ""
"With your media inserted, reboot your computer. Depending on your "
"hardware configuration, it may boot into the image right away, or you "
"might need to press a key at startup for boot options. This varies but "
"looking for documentation specific to your hardware will likely provide "
"the answer."
"looking for documentation for your hardware will likely provide the "
"answer."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:48
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:43
msgid "**You have now booted the image. Please continue to Chapter 1.3.**"
msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the image"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "In order to boot the image, you"
#~ " need to put it somewhere. You "
#~ "have three choices, depending on which"
#~ " image you downloaded:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Writing/burning the image"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto CDs/DVDs:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Unfortunately, burning images to CDs or"
#~ " DVDs is beyond the scope of "
#~ "this manual. The Ubuntu website has "
#~ "several guides on this topic, and "
#~ "we recommend you read them if you"
#~ " plan on doing this."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu "
#~ "<http://www.ubuntu.com/download/desktop/burn-a-dvd-on-"
#~ "ubuntu>`_"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "`How to burn a DVD on Windows "
#~ "<http://www.ubuntu.com/download/desktop/burn-a-dvd-on-"
#~ "windows>`_"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "`How to burn a DVD on macOS "
#~ "<http://www.ubuntu.com/download/desktop/burn-a-dvd-on-"
#~ "mac-osx>`_"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "For writing images to USB drives "
#~ "on Linux, we recommend `mkusb "
#~ "<https://help.ubuntu.com/community/mkusb>`_, a tool "
#~ "developed by a Lubuntu team member."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "`How to create a bootable USB "
#~ "stick on Windows "
#~ "<http://www.ubuntu.com/download/desktop/create-a-usb-stick-"
#~ "on-windows>`_"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "`How to create a bootable USB "
#~ "stick on macOS "
#~ "<http://www.ubuntu.com/download/desktop/create-a-usb-stick-"
#~ "on-mac-osx>`_"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Booting the image"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "With your media inserted, reboot your"
#~ " computer. Depending on your hardware "
#~ "configuration, it may boot into the "
#~ "image right away, or you might "
#~ "need to press a key at startup "
#~ "for boot options. This varies but "
#~ "looking for documentation specific to "
#~ "your hardware will likely provide the"
#~ " answer."
#~ msgstr ""

@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:2
msgid "Chapter 1.3 Installation"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:3
msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu."
msgid "This is a guide through the installation process of Lubuntu."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:6
@ -34,26 +34,37 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:8
msgid ""
"Once you have booted the Lubuntu image, you will be greeted by a screen "
"with the following options: Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects, Test "
"RAM, and Boot from first hard disk. To start the install select Start "
"Lubuntu, you will now be booting into a live session. The Check disk for "
"defects offers a way to check integrity of the disk image once it is "
"burned to the media please use this if you have problems it could be bad "
"media."
"with the following options: :menuselection:`Start Lubuntu`, "
":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`, :menuselection:`Check "
"disk for defects`, :menuselection:`Test memory`, and :menuselection:`Boot"
" from first hard disk`. To start the install select :menuselection:`Start"
" Lubuntu`, you will now be booting into a live session. If Lubuntu has "
"trouble with your graphics card you can start the live session with "
":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`. The :menuselection:`Check"
" disk for defects` option offers a way to check integrity of the disk-"
"image once it is burned onto the install media (USB or DVD). Please use "
"this if you have problems installing as it could be bad media. The "
":menuselection:`Test memory` option tests to make sure your RAM works on "
"your computer. To switch your keyboard layout on the live session press "
":kbd:`F3` and select your keyboard layout. To bring back up the language "
"selection press :kbd:`F2`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:12
msgid ""
"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu."
" Once you are ready to install Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-"
"left corner of the desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"."
"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu "
"and make sure all your hardware works. Once you are ready to install "
"Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-left corner of the desktop "
":guilabel:`Install Lubuntu 20.10`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:16
msgid ""
"You will be taken to the Lubuntu installer Welcome screen. You can change"
" the installer language in the drop down box. After selecting the "
"language the next button will move you on to the next task."
" the installer language in the :guilabel:`Language` drop down box. After "
"selecting the language the :guilabel:`Next` button will move you on to "
"the next task. To cancel an installation press the :guilabel:`Cancel` "
"button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:23
@ -63,9 +74,14 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:25
msgid ""
"The next screen will show you a map of the world where you can choose "
"your location. You location will be used to set your time zone and "
"download server. On the bottom of the window there is a place to change "
"your system language."
"your location. Your location will be used to set your time zone and "
"download server. To see what region you have chosen use the "
":guilabel:`Region` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Zone` field should have"
" a major city with the same time as you. On the bottom of the window "
"there is a place to change your system language and to change this "
"language press the :guilabel:`Change` button. To move to the next step "
"once again press the :guilabel:`Next` button. To move back to selecting "
"your language to change your language press the :guilabel:`Back` button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:30
@ -76,10 +92,10 @@ msgstr ""
msgid ""
"Next select your keyboard layout, you can check your keyboard matches the"
" keyboard shown picture shown. At the bottom you can type to make sure "
"your layout is correct. The keyboard model version lets you choose "
"different layouts and the right column gets different variants. When you "
"have selected your keyboard layout, move on to the next stage of the "
"installation."
"your layout is correct. The :guilabel:`Keyboard Model` menu lets you "
"choose different variants, the left column lets you change language, and "
"the right column gets different variants. When you have selected your "
"keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Next` button to move on."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:37
@ -88,10 +104,16 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:39
msgid ""
"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the erase "
"disk. This will format the disk and **delete all data on the disk**, "
"which is why having your data backed up before this point is extremely "
"important. IF you choose to do this you can continue on to user setup."
"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the "
":guilabel:`Erase disk` button. This will format the disk and **delete all"
" data on the disk**, which is why having your data backed up before this"
" point is extremely important. If you choose to do this you can continue "
"on to user setup. To change the storage device use the :guilabel:`Select "
"Storage device` drop down menu. If you want to encrypt your drive press "
"the :guilabel:`Encrypt system` checkbox and then you will need to enter "
"the encryption passphrase twice make sure you have it typed in correctly."
" It is strongly advised to write down this passphrase and keep it "
"somewhere safe."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:42
@ -100,83 +122,136 @@ msgid ""
"please backup beforehand."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:46
#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:48
msgid ""
"If you wish to perform advance partitioning please refer the Advanced "
"partitioning section."
"If you had a previous Linux install with swap you will need to unmount "
"the swap. To do this run"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:49
msgid "User Setup"
#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:53
msgid ""
"which will unmount them and any swap partitions. This will not work if "
"you have data partition mounted open PCManFM-Qt and press the upward "
"pointed arrow on each partition in the :guilabel:`Places` sidebar to "
"unmount all data partitions."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:50
#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55
msgid ""
"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of your own "
"name and the username you will use to log in. The next input field is the"
" hostname of your computer. The final field is your password. Enter your "
"password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. Pressing the next "
"button will give you a summary screen, showing you the settings before "
"the install begins. Once you have checked the summary click the install "
"button to begin the installation."
"To move back to Selecting your keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Back`"
" button. To advance to the setting up users press the :guilabel:`Next` "
"button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:54
msgid "The Install"
#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:58
msgid "User Setup"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55
#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:59
msgid ""
"The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the "
"installer is running. Once Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox to "
"reboot now after your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished."
"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of typing your "
"name into the :guilabel:`What is your name?` field. Next type your "
"username in the :guilabel:`What name do you want to use to log in?`. Put "
"what you want your hostname of your computer to be in the :guilabel:`what"
" is the name of this computer?` field. The last thing you need to enter "
"is your password in the :guilabel:`Choose a password to keep your account"
" safe`. Enter your password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. "
"Pressing the :guilabel:`Next` button will give you a summary screen, "
"showing you the settings before the install begins. Once you have checked"
" the summary click the :guilabel:`Install` button to begin the "
"installation."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:60
msgid "Advanced partitioning"
#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:63
msgid ""
"After pressing the :guilabel:`Install` button a dialog will pop up to "
"confirm installation. To actually install press the :guilabel:`Install "
"now` button. To not start installing and go back press the :guilabel:`Go "
"back` button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:61
msgid ""
"If you have had a previous linux install and want to put the entire disk"
" or just replace an entire partition you will need to unmount them. In "
"this case running"
#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:66
msgid "The Install"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:67
msgid ""
"will unmount them and any partitions with data mounted can be unmounted "
"through pcmanfm-qt."
"The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the "
"installer is running. On the bottom of the window is a progress bar. Once"
" Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox :guilabel:`Reboot now` after "
"your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:70
#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72
msgid "Manual partitioning"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72
#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74
msgid ""
"If you wish to manual set up partitions, as an advanced option you will "
"have to choose which file-system you want. A file-system controls how "
"your files are accessed at lower levels on the disk. If you are booting "
"your computer in UEFI mode a more modern firmware compared to BIOS you "
"will need to create an EFI system partition see `efi system "
"partitionwikipedia <http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/EFI_System_partition>`_ "
"for more detail to create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-"
"system with the ESP flag with to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount"
" point. You will also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems "
"included for Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs."
"will need to create an EFI system partition (see `efi system partition "
"Wikipedia <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/EFI_System_partition>`_ for more"
" detail). To create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-system with"
" the ESP flag to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount point. You will"
" also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems included for "
"Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74
#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:78
msgid ""
"If you have a new hard disc or solid state drive press the :guilabel:`New"
" Partition table` button but this will delete the whole disc if you have "
"any data on it. After pressing this button you will get a dialog saying "
"what kind of partition table to use. The :guilabel:`Master Boot Record` "
"button will create an old partition table but will only allow 4 primary "
"partitions and partitions up to 2 Terabytes. The :guilabel:`GUID "
"Partition Table` button works for large discs but may not be recognized "
"by legacy other operating systems. To get back to your main partitioning "
"window press the :guilabel:`OK` button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:80
msgid ""
"To change what disc you are partitioning use the :guilabel:`Storage "
"device` drop down menu."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:82
msgid ""
"You can create partition by clicking the :guilabel:`Create` button which "
"will bring up a dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select"
" which file-system you want. You also need to select where you want to "
"mount the partition in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` drop down menu. To "
"change how big to make the partition change the :guilabel:`Size` field. "
"To change the size or type of a partition after initially creating it "
"press the :guilabel:`Edit` button. To delete a partition press the "
":guilabel:`Delete` button. You will need at least one root (/) partition "
"and if you are booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi "
"mounted partition. Another common option is to have all your data on its "
"own partition, which can even be on its own separate physical disk this "
"can be mounted at /home. If you want to encrypt your your filesystem "
"press the :guilabel:`Encrypt` checkbox. Then a two fields will appear to "
"get write type your encryption passphrase twice to confirm it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:86
msgid ""
"You can create partition by clicking the button which will bring up a "
"dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select which file-"
"system you want. You also need to select where you want to mount the "
"partition. which you need at least one root (/) partition and if you are "
"booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi mounted partition. "
"Another common option is to have all your data on its own partition, "
"which can even be on its own separate physical disk this can be mounted "
"at /home."
"To go back on all your changes to the previous state press the "
":guilabel:`Revert All Changes` button. To change what device your "
"computer will boot off of you will need to use the :guilabel:`Install "
"boot loader on` drop down menu to select which disc to boot off of."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:88
msgid ""
"In the center of the manual partitioning window shows you what name of "
"the partition is. What type of filesystem is displayed in the "
":guilabel:`File System` column. To see where your partition is mounted "
"are shown in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` column. The size of the system "
"is shown in the :guilabel:`Size` Column."
msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
@ -341,3 +416,169 @@ msgstr ""
#~ "finished."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Once you have booted the Lubuntu "
#~ "image, you will be greeted by a"
#~ " screen with the following options: "
#~ "Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects,"
#~ " Test RAM, and Boot from first "
#~ "hard disk. To start the install "
#~ "select Start Lubuntu, you will now "
#~ "be booting into a live session. "
#~ "The Check disk for defects offers "
#~ "a way to check integrity of the"
#~ " disk image once it is burned "
#~ "to the media please use this if"
#~ " you have problems it could be "
#~ "bad media."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Once you have booted into the live"
#~ " session, feel free to explore "
#~ "Lubuntu. Once you are ready to "
#~ "install Lubuntu, double click the icon"
#~ " in the top-left corner of the"
#~ " desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "You will be taken to the Lubuntu"
#~ " installer Welcome screen. You can "
#~ "change the installer language in the "
#~ "drop down box. After selecting the "
#~ "language the next button will move "
#~ "you on to the next task."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The next screen will show you a"
#~ " map of the world where you can"
#~ " choose your location. You location "
#~ "will be used to set your time "
#~ "zone and download server. On the "
#~ "bottom of the window there is a"
#~ " place to change your system "
#~ "language."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Next select your keyboard layout, you"
#~ " can check your keyboard matches the"
#~ " keyboard shown picture shown. At the"
#~ " bottom you can type to make "
#~ "sure your layout is correct. The "
#~ "keyboard model version lets you choose"
#~ " different layouts and the right "
#~ "column gets different variants. When you"
#~ " have selected your keyboard layout, "
#~ "move on to the next stage of "
#~ "the installation."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "If all you want is Lubuntu on "
#~ "your machine, you can select the "
#~ "erase disk. This will format the "
#~ "disk and **delete all data on the"
#~ " disk**, which is why having your"
#~ " data backed up before this point "
#~ "is extremely important. IF you choose"
#~ " to do this you can continue on"
#~ " to user setup."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "If you wish to perform advance "
#~ "partitioning please refer the Advanced "
#~ "partitioning section."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The user setup section creates a "
#~ "user profile, consisting of your own "
#~ "name and the username you will use"
#~ " to log in. The next input "
#~ "field is the hostname of your "
#~ "computer. The final field is your "
#~ "password. Enter your password twice to"
#~ " make sure you have not mistyped "
#~ "it. Pressing the next button will "
#~ "give you a summary screen, showing "
#~ "you the settings before the install "
#~ "begins. Once you have checked the "
#~ "summary click the install button to "
#~ "begin the installation."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The Lubuntu installer provides some "
#~ "useful information while the installer "
#~ "is running. Once Lubuntu is installed"
#~ " you have a checkbox to reboot "
#~ "now after your Lubuntu is installed "
#~ "and is now finished."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Advanced partitioning"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "If you have had a previous linux"
#~ " install and want to put the "
#~ "entire disk or just replace an "
#~ "entire partition you will need to "
#~ "unmount them. In this case running"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "will unmount them and any partitions "
#~ "with data mounted can be unmounted "
#~ "through pcmanfm-qt."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "If you wish to manual set up "
#~ "partitions, as an advanced option you"
#~ " will have to choose which file-"
#~ "system you want. A file-system "
#~ "controls how your files are accessed "
#~ "at lower levels on the disk. If"
#~ " you are booting your computer in "
#~ "UEFI mode a more modern firmware "
#~ "compared to BIOS you will need to"
#~ " create an EFI system partition see"
#~ " `efi system partitionwikipedia "
#~ "<http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/EFI_System_partition>`_ for "
#~ "more detail to create this partition "
#~ "you will need a FAT32 file-system"
#~ " with the ESP flag with to be"
#~ " mounted at /boot/efi/ under the "
#~ "mount point. You will also need a"
#~ " root (/) file-system, several "
#~ "file-systems included for Lubuntu are "
#~ "Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "You can create partition by clicking "
#~ "the button which will bring up a"
#~ " dialog. The file system field is "
#~ "a drop down menu, select which "
#~ "file-system you want. You also need"
#~ " to select where you want to "
#~ "mount the partition. which you need "
#~ "at least one root (/) partition "
#~ "and if you are booting an EFI "
#~ "system you will also need a "
#~ "/boot/efi mounted partition. Another common"
#~ " option is to have all your "
#~ "data on its own partition, which "
#~ "can even be on its own separate"
#~ " physical disk this can be mounted"
#~ " at /home."
#~ msgstr ""

@ -10,22 +10,22 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:2
#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:3
msgid "Chapter 1 Installing Lubuntu"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:4
#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:5
msgid ""
"This chapter will show you how to download and install Lubuntu on your "
"This chapter shows you how to download and install Lubuntu on your "
"computer."
msgstr ""
@ -35,3 +35,9 @@ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "This chapter will show you how to install Lubuntu on your computer."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "This chapter will show you how to"
#~ " download and install Lubuntu on your"
#~ " computer."
#~ msgstr ""

@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:2
msgid "Chapter 2.1.1: Firefox"
@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ msgid "Firefox has features of other web browsers and its own ones, such as:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:10
msgid "Tab browsing"
msgid "Tabbed browsing"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:11
@ -79,165 +79,262 @@ msgid "Screenshot"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:26
msgid "Useage"
msgid "Usage"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:27
msgid ""
"To open a new tab in firefox press the plus button on the right of the "
"To open a new tab in Firefox press the plus button on the right of the "
"tab bar or press :kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab press the button with"
" an x on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a"
" new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing "
"history press the button that looks like a stack of books with the last "
"one at the end the third item down will show you history or press "
":kbd:`Control +H`. To view your downloaded files press the button that "
"looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over "
" an :guilabel:`x` on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control "
"+W`. To Open a new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view "
"your browsing history press the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Library "
"--> History` or press :kbd:`Control +H`. When you have the history "
"sidebar you can search through your history where it says "
":guilabel:`Search History`. To view your downloaded files press the "
"button that looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over "
":menuselection:`--> Downloads`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:29
msgid ""
"To go back to a previous page in firefox press the button pointing to the"
" left or press :kbd:`Control + LEft arrow`. To open the page you were "
"previously at in a new tab middle click the back button. To go forward to"
" a page you have visited before but have now gone back from press the "
"button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. "
"Middle click on the forward button to open the page you went back from in"
" a new tab. To download a file directly to your local disk right click on"
" the save file as and then you will get options to save the file where "
"you want."
"To go back to a previous page in Firefox press the button pointing to the"
" left or press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow`. To open the page you were "
"previously browsing in a new tab middle click the back button. To go "
"forward to a page you have visited before but have now gone back from "
"press the button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Alt + "
"Right arrow`. Middle click on the forward button to open the page you "
"went back from in a new tab. To download a file directly to your local "
"disk right click :menuselection:`Save Link As` file as and then you will "
"get a dialog box to show where to save it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:31
msgid ""
"To go to a specific url in the address bar you can type it in the the "
"main bar in the middle. If you have a url in your clipboard you can paste"
" it here or into the address bar right click and :menuselection:`paste "
"and go`. Or if you right click into the the clipboard and not immediately"
" go to the page and type in a sub page right click paste and then type to"
" go a specific sub page of the same site and then press enter to go to "
"the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the address bar."
"To open a window with all of your downloads press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Y`."
" To open PCManFM-Qt in the folder where you downloaded things right click"
" and select on the download and select :menuselection:`Open Containing "
"Folder`. To get a link for someone else to download something right click"
" on the downloaded content right click and select :menuselection:`Copy "
"Download Link`. To open a downloaded file double click on it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:33
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:36
msgid ""
"To have a list of all of your tabs press the downward pointing arrowhead "
"button however this only appears if you have more tabs than fit on your "
"screen normally. To switch the view of your tabs if you have more than on"
" the screen press the right ward pointed arrowhead to move the visible "
"part of the tab bar to the right. To move the visible part of the tab bar"
" to the left press the leftward pointed arrowhead. To open a new tab "
"press the :guilabel:`+` button. To search through all your tabs you can "
"click on the downward pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Search "
"Tabs`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:38
msgid ""
"To scroll down using the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Down`. To scroll up "
"the page with the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Up`. To scroll all the way "
"back up to the top press the :kbd:`Home` key. To move all the way to the "
"bottom of the page press the :kbd:`End` key."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:40
msgid ""
"To go to a specific URL in the address bar you can type it in the main "
"bar in the middle. If you have a URL in your clipboard you can paste it "
"here or into the address bar right click :menuselection:`Paste & Go`. Or "
"if you right click into the clipboard and not immediately go to the page "
"and type in a sub page right click :menuselection:`Paste` and then type "
"to go a specific sub page of the same site and then press :kbd:`Enter` to"
" go to the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the "
"address bar. If you want to search through the tabs you have open type % "
"and then what you want to type in the address bar."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:42
msgid ""
"To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control +D` or Press the button with three"
" vertical lines and slanted one and then the submenu of bookmarks and "
"bookmark this page. To access the bookmark again press that looks like "
"three vertical lines and a slanted one and bookmarks and then select the "
"bookmark you want."
"bookmark you want. If you want a toolbar with your bookmarks on it right "
"click on the address bar and select :menuselection:`Bookmarks Toolbar`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:44
msgid ""
"To copy text in Firefox select it with the mouse and press :kbd:`Control "
"+C` or right click on it and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To paste text "
"into Firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V` or right click and select "
":menuselection:`Paste`. To cut text in Firefox select the text and press "
":kbd:`Control+X` or right click and select :menuselection:`Cut`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:35
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:46
msgid "To view info on your webpage press :kbd:`Control+ I`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:37
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:48
msgid ""
"To zoom in if you find the text on a web page to small press "
":kbd:`control + +`. If you want to zoom out on the text or pictures press"
" :kbd:`control + -`. To reset to the original zoom press :kbd:`control + "
"0`. To make firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`."
"0`. To make Firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` to leave fullscreen "
"simply press :kbd:`F11` again or in the hamburger menu press the two "
"button with two diagonal arrows. While in fullscreen the tab bar will be "
"hidden to change tab while you have Firefox in fullscreen move your mouse"
" to the top of the monitor and the tab bar will popup. You can also type"
" your zoom into Firefox from the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Zoom` "
"field and press the :guilabel:`+` and :guilabel:`-`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:39
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:50
msgid ""
"To print a webpage such as directions you can click the button with "
"horizontal bars and select :menuselection:`Print` from the menu. You can "
"also print by pressing :kbd:`Control+P`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:41
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:52
msgid ""
"If you want a menubar for firefox right click the main toolbar and click "
"the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu bar`. To reload a tab even one you are "
"not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. To mute a "
"tab even when you are not on it you can right click on the tab and then "
"select :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a new copy of a tab right click"
" on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a"
" tab all the way to the left right click on the tab :menuselection:`Move "
"tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to the right right "
"click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. To move a tab to "
"a new window right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move"
" to new Window`. If you want to bookmark a tab right click the tab and "
":menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the right of the current "
"tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to the right`. "
"To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Undo Close"
" Tab`."
"If you want a menubar for Firefox right click the main toolbar and click "
"the checkbox for :menuselection:`Menu Bar`. To reload a tab even one you "
"are not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Reload Tab`, press "
":kbd:`F5`, or :kbd:`Control+R`. To mute a tab even when you are not on it"
" you can right clicking on the tab and then select :menuselection:`Mute "
"Tab` or by pressing :kbd:`Control+m`. To open a new copy of a tab right "
"click on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`Duplicate Tab`. To "
"move a tab all the way to the left right click on the tab "
":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to"
" the right right click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. "
"To move a tab to a new window right click on the tab and "
":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to new Window`. To open a new private "
"window press :kbd:`Control+Shift+P`. If you want to bookmark a tab right "
"click the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the "
"right of the current tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close"
" tabs to the right`. To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and "
":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:57
msgid "Customizing"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:43
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59
msgid ""
"If you want to view your firefox prefrences you can type "
"about:preferences into the address bar. To have your seession restored "
"each time you restart firefox is on the general tab of firefox prefrences"
" is to press restore previous session. The checkbox for "
":guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores your tab when you "
"close firefox. The tabs section has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open links "
"in new tabs` instead of new windows which is checked by default. The "
"checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a link a new tab switch to it "
"immediately` switches to new tabs when you open them. The radio button "
"group for :guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save "
"downloads or always ask to save files."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:45
"If you want to view your Firefox preferences you can type "
"about:preferences into the address bar or :menuselection:`Hamburger menu "
"--> Preferences`. To have your session restored each time you restart "
"Firefox is to check the :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox. "
"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores "
"your previous session's tabs when you close Firefox. The tabs section has"
" a checkbox to :guilabel:`Open links in new tabs instead of new windows` "
"which is checked by default. The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a "
"link a new tab switch to it immediately` switches to new tabs when you "
"open them. To change your default fonts and colors use the "
":guilabel:`Fonts and Colors` section. To select the default font choose "
":guilabel:`Default font` from the field. To select a different font size "
"change the :guilabel:`Size` field. To change the default zoom change the "
":guilabel:`Default zoom` field. To only zoom the text check the "
":guilabel:`Zoom text label`. The radio button group for "
":guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save downloads "
"or always ask to save files. To toggle drm controlled content "
"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play DRM-controlled content` checkbox."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:61
msgid ""
"To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` has settings for your home and "
"opening of new tabs. The :guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop down "
"lets you select the firefox home or a blank page when you first open the "
"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose firefox home or "
"blank page when you open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` "
"lets you toggle whther to show a web search on the firefox homepage. The "
"checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the sites you visit the most. The "
"checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` toggles links recommend by "
"pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` checkbox to not have "
"sponsoerd stories from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows"
" site that you have saved or visited recently."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:49
msgid ""
"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`search` tab on "
"prefrences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether "
"you want a seperate search bar or and integrated search bar for search "
"lets you select the Firefox home or a blank page when you first open the "
"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose "
":menuselection:`Firefox Home` or :menuselection:`Blank Page` when you "
"open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you toggle "
"whether to show a web search on the Firefox homepage. To show the sites "
"you visit the most check the checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites`. To change "
"how many rows of top sites to show use the drop down menu to the right of"
" :guilabel:`Top Sites`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` "
"toggles links recommend by pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored "
"stories` checkbox to not have sponsored stories from pocket. The "
":guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows site that you have saved or "
"visited recently. To change how many rows of highlighs are shown use the"
" drop down menu to the right of :guilabel:`Highlights`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:65
msgid ""
"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`Search` tab on "
"preferences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether "
"you want a separate search bar or and integrated search bar for search "
"and navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search Engine` lets you change "
"your default search engine. To toggle whether to search suggestions "
"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`."
"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`. To end up "
"showing search suggestions in the address bar when searching check the "
":guilabel:`Show search suggestions in address bar results` checkbox."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:51
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:67
msgid ""
"I to copy text in firefox press :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text into "
"firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To cut text in firefox press "
":kbd:`Control+X`."
"To change settingss for How Firefox handles security and privacy settings"
" use the :guilabel:`Privacy & Security` tab. To increase protection "
"against ptrackers press the :guilabel:`Strict` button and to switch back "
"press the :guilabel:`Standard` button. To send website you do not want to"
" be track header always press the :guilabel:`Always` button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:54
msgid "Version"
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:71
msgid ""
"Deleting Firefox user data will log you out of online accounts and if you"
" do not know your password you will need to recover your password or you "
"may lose accesss to online accounts."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:55
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:73
msgid ""
"Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox "
"Quantum."
"To see what websites store data on you locally preess the "
":guilabel:`Manage Data` button. To clear all firefox data you currently "
"have press the :guilabel:`Clear Data` button. To have firefox get rid of "
"all cookies when firefox is closed check the :guilabel:`Delete cookies "
"and site data when Firefox is closed` checkbox. To have firefox not "
"autofill logins and passwords uncheck the :guilabel:`Autofill logins and "
"passwords` checkbox. To see your saved logins press the :guilabel:`Saved "
"Logins` button. To chose what sites not to save passwords for certain "
"websites press the :guilabel:`Exceptions` button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:76
msgid "Version"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:58
msgid "How to launch"
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:77
msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox 78."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:80
msgid "How to Launch"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:81
msgid ""
"To open Firefox, click on the Firefox icon (red/orange fox covering a "
"blue sphere) in :menuselection:`Internet --> Firefox` Menu. You can also "
"type and run"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:66
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:88
msgid ""
"from the terminal to run Firefox. You can also from the command line have"
" Firefox directly open this manual with"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:94
msgid ""
"from the terminal to run firefox. You can also from the command line have"
" firefox directly open this manual with"
"You can also launch Firefox from the quick launch by left clicking on the"
" Firefox icon. The icon for Firefox looks like a globe with a red fox "
"circling around it. Yet another way to launch Firefox is to press the "
"browser button on your keyboard."
msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Usage/Screenshots"
@ -252,3 +349,214 @@ msgstr ""
#~ "the browser."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Tab browsing"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Useage"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To open a new tab in firefox "
#~ "press the plus button on the right"
#~ " of the tab bar or press "
#~ ":kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab"
#~ " press the button with an x on"
#~ " the right side of the tab or"
#~ " press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a"
#~ " new window in browsing press "
#~ ":kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing"
#~ " history press the button that looks"
#~ " like a stack of books with the"
#~ " last one at the end the third"
#~ " item down will show you history "
#~ "or press :kbd:`Control +H`. To view "
#~ "your downloaded files press the button"
#~ " that looks like three stacked books"
#~ " with a fourth leaning over "
#~ ":menuselection:`--> Downloads`."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To go back to a previous page "
#~ "in firefox press the button pointing "
#~ "to the left or press :kbd:`Control "
#~ "+ LEft arrow`. To open the page"
#~ " you were previously at in a "
#~ "new tab middle click the back "
#~ "button. To go forward to a page"
#~ " you have visited before but have "
#~ "now gone back from press the "
#~ "button with the arrow pointing to "
#~ "the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. "
#~ "Middle click on the forward button "
#~ "to open the page you went back "
#~ "from in a new tab. To download "
#~ "a file directly to your local disk"
#~ " right click on the save file "
#~ "as and then you will get options"
#~ " to save the file where you "
#~ "want."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To go to a specific url in "
#~ "the address bar you can type it"
#~ " in the the main bar in the "
#~ "middle. If you have a url in "
#~ "your clipboard you can paste it "
#~ "here or into the address bar right"
#~ " click and :menuselection:`paste and go`."
#~ " Or if you right click into the"
#~ " the clipboard and not immediately go"
#~ " to the page and type in a "
#~ "sub page right click paste and "
#~ "then type to go a specific sub "
#~ "page of the same site and then "
#~ "press enter to go to the page. "
#~ "If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor "
#~ "will select the address bar."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control"
#~ " +D` or Press the button with "
#~ "three vertical lines and slanted one "
#~ "and then the submenu of bookmarks "
#~ "and bookmark this page. To access "
#~ "the bookmark again press that looks "
#~ "like three vertical lines and a "
#~ "slanted one and bookmarks and then "
#~ "select the bookmark you want."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To zoom in if you find the "
#~ "text on a web page to small "
#~ "press :kbd:`control + +`. If you "
#~ "want to zoom out on the text "
#~ "or pictures press :kbd:`control + -`."
#~ " To reset to the original zoom "
#~ "press :kbd:`control + 0`. To make "
#~ "firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "If you want a menubar for firefox"
#~ " right click the main toolbar and "
#~ "click the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu "
#~ "bar`. To reload a tab even one "
#~ "you are not on right click on "
#~ "the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. "
#~ "To mute a tab even when you "
#~ "are not on it you can right "
#~ "click on the tab and then select"
#~ " :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a "
#~ "new copy of a tab right click "
#~ "on the tab bar and then select "
#~ ":menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a "
#~ "tab all the way to the left "
#~ "right click on the tab "
#~ ":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to "
#~ "start`. To move a tab all the "
#~ "way to the right right click on"
#~ " tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move "
#~ "to end`. To move a tab to a"
#~ " new window right click on the "
#~ "tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> "
#~ "Move to new Window`. If you want"
#~ " to bookmark a tab right click "
#~ "the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. "
#~ "To close tabs to the right of "
#~ "the current tab right click on the"
#~ " tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to "
#~ "the right`. To undo closing a tab"
#~ " right click on a tab and "
#~ ":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "If you want to view your firefox"
#~ " prefrences you can type about:preferences"
#~ " into the address bar. To have "
#~ "your seession restored each time you "
#~ "restart firefox is on the general "
#~ "tab of firefox prefrences is to "
#~ "press restore previous session. The "
#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous "
#~ "session` checkbox restores your tab when"
#~ " you close firefox. The tabs section"
#~ " has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open "
#~ "links in new tabs` instead of new"
#~ " windows which is checked by default."
#~ " The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you "
#~ "open a link a new tab switch "
#~ "to it immediately` switches to new "
#~ "tabs when you open them. The radio"
#~ " button group for :guilabel:`Downloads` "
#~ "lets you have a static location to"
#~ " save downloads or always ask to "
#~ "save files."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` "
#~ "has settings for your home and "
#~ "opening of new tabs. The "
#~ ":guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop "
#~ "down lets you select the firefox "
#~ "home or a blank page when you "
#~ "first open the browser. The "
#~ ":guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you "
#~ "choose firefox home or blank page "
#~ "when you open a new tab. The "
#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you "
#~ "toggle whther to show a web search"
#~ " on the firefox homepage. The "
#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the "
#~ "sites you visit the most. The "
#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` "
#~ "toggles links recommend by pocket. "
#~ "Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` "
#~ "checkbox to not have sponsoerd stories"
#~ " from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` "
#~ "checkbox allows site that you have "
#~ "saved or visited recently."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To manage your search settings use "
#~ "the :guilabel:`search` tab on prefrences. "
#~ "The radio button for :guilabel:`Search "
#~ "Bar` changes whether you want a "
#~ "seperate search bar or and integrated"
#~ " search bar for search and "
#~ "navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search "
#~ "Engine` lets you change your default "
#~ "search engine. To toggle whether to "
#~ "search suggestions check/uncheck the "
#~ ":guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "I to copy text in firefox press"
#~ " :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text "
#~ "into firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To"
#~ " cut text in firefox press "
#~ ":kbd:`Control+X`."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest"
#~ " version of Firefox, Firefox Quantum."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "How to launch"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "from the terminal to run firefox. "
#~ "You can also from the command line"
#~ " have firefox directly open this "
#~ "manual with"
#~ msgstr ""

@ -10,64 +10,63 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:2
msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Transmission"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:4
msgid "Transmission is a bit-torrent client."
msgid "Transmission is Lubuntu's default bit-torrent client."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:7
msgid "Screenshot"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:12
msgid "Version"
msgid "Screenshots"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:14
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17
msgid "Usage"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:18
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:15
msgid ""
"To open a torrent file press the open or simply double clicking the "
"torrent file from a web browser after opening it will start Transmission."
" The torrent file will start download and using your connection to upload"
" to others in a so called peer to peer network. At the bottom you will "
"see an arrow pointing downward to show how fast you are downloading. The "
"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to others."
"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to other "
"people downloading that file. To open a torrent URL :menuselection:`File "
"--> Open URL` or press :kbd:`Control+U`. Once you have this you will "
"input the URL in the :guilabel:`Source` area. To choose where to save the"
" torrent change :guilabel:`Destination folder` button. To actually start "
"downloading press the :guilabel:`Open` button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:20
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17
msgid ""
"While you download your file a progress bar with will show your download "
"for each file once you have it entirely you have see how many people you "
"are seeding to each person and how fast you are uploading to that person."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:22
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:19
msgid ""
"The button with two || circled is a pause button that can pause all "
"downloads and uploads. To start downloading and uploading again to press "
"a button with a triangle to start uploading and downloading again."
"The button with two :guilabel:`||` circled is a pause button that can "
"pause all downloads and uploads or :menuselection:`File --> Pause All`. "
"To start downloading and uploading again to press a button with a "
"triangle to start uploading and downloading again or :menuselection:`File"
" --> Start All`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:24
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:21
msgid ""
"To remove a torrent from the list of torrent files right click on it or "
":kbd:`Delete` and click remove. To delete the files and remove the "
@ -75,10 +74,29 @@ msgid ""
":kbd:`Shift +Delete`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:26
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:23
msgid ""
"To filter which torrents are shown on your list use the :guilabel:`Show` "
"drop down menu. To only show active torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` "
"drop down select :menuselection:`Active`. To only show torrents that are "
"downloading from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select "
":menuselection:`Downloading`. To only show seeding torrents from the "
":guilabel:`Show` drop down select :menuselection:`Seeding`. To only show "
"Paused torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select "
":menuselection:`Paused`. To show only Finished torrents from the "
":guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Finished`. To only show "
"torrents that are verifying from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select "
":menuselection:`Verifying`. To only show torrents that are in an error "
"state from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Error`. To go"
" back to showing all torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select "
":menuselection:`All`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:25
msgid ""
"If you want have a move compact view :menuselection:`View --> Compact "
"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`."
"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`. To switch back out from compact view press"
" the same thing again."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:28
@ -98,29 +116,186 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:30
msgid ""
"If you want to deprioitize the speed of your torrents press the button on"
" the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change the raio "
"view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe button -->"
" Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the current "
"session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view your "
"transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button --> "
"Session Transfer`."
"To move a torrent down on where it appears on the screen and the queue "
":menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move Down` or :kbd:`Control+down`. "
"To move a torrent up in the queue :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> "
"Move Up` or press :kbd:`Control+ up arrow`. To Move a torrent file to the"
" top :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to Top`. To move a "
"torrent file to the bottom :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to "
"Bottom`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:33
msgid "How to launch"
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:32
msgid ""
"If you do not want to prioritize the speed of your torrents press the "
"button on the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change "
"the ratio view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe "
"button --> Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the "
"current session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view "
"your transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button "
"--> Session Transfer`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:34
msgid ""
"To open the file manager in the folder of your torrent press "
":kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Torrent --> Open Folder`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:37
msgid "Torrent Properties"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:35
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:39
msgid ""
"To bring a up a properties dialog window press :kbd:`Alt +Enter` or "
":menuselection:`Torrent --> Properties`. To show how much of the file you"
" have on that torrent is under the :guilabel:`Have` row which shows both "
"the size and the percentage of the file. The :guilabel:`Uploaded` row "
"shows how much of the torrent you have uploaded to other peers. The "
":guilabel:`Downloaded` row shows how much you have downloaded on your "
"computer. The :guilabel:`State` row shows what the torrent is currently "
"doing. The :guilabel:`Remaining time` row shows how long it will take for"
" the torrent to finish downloaded. To show how much The "
":guilabel:`Location` row shows you where the file is saved on your "
"system. The :guilabel:`Size` row shows how much space the torrent takes "
"when downloaded. The :guilabel:`Origin` row shows when you first "
"downloaded this torrent."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:43
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Peers` tab shows you what other peers that also have the "
"torrent open. To see how much data you are getting from a particular peer"
" see the :guilabel:`Up` column. To add your column showing how much data "
"you are downloading from a peer read the :guilabel:`Down` column. To see "
"the address of your peers and read the :menuselection:`Address` column. "
"To see what client other peers are using the :guilabel:`Client` column. "
"The :guilabel:`Tracker` tab shows information of where the torrent is "
"being tracked."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:45
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Files` tab shows what files this torrent has downloaded. "
"To see the name of the file is in the :guilabel:`File` column. To see the"
" size of the file look in the :guilabel:`Size` column. To see how much of"
" your file is downloaded as a percentage in the :guilabel:`Progress` "
"column. To see the priority of the torrent see the :guilabel:`Priority` "
"column."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:50
msgid "Version"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:52
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.00 of Transmission."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:55
msgid "How to Launch"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:57
msgid ""
"To launch Transmission go to menu :menuselection:`Internet --> "
"Qtransmission` bittorent client or run"
"Qtransmission Bittorent Client` or run"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:63
msgid ""
"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver colored gear selection "
"lever in a car."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:66
msgid "Customizing"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:67
msgid ""
"To open your preferences for Transmission :menuselection:`Edit --> "
"Preferences`. To manage how fast things download or upload use the "
":guilabel:`Speed` tab. To limit upload speed check the :guilabel:`Upload`"
" checkbox and select the limit of upload speed you want. To limit "
"download speed check the :guilabel:`Download` checkbox and select the "
"limit of download speed you want. To change the slower speed limits with "
"the turtle button for uploading change the :guilabel:`Upload` field. To "
"change the slower download speed change the :guilabel:`Download` field. "
"To schedule a time to throttle your torrents check the "
":guilabel:`Scheduled times:` checkbox and to the right choose the time to"
" start throttling your torrents and the time to stop throttling your "
"torrents. The :guilabel:`On days:` drop down is where you select which "
"days of the week to throttle torrenting."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:71
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Downloading` tab of your preferences has settings for "
"downloading torrents. To choose where to save torrents is in the "
":guilabel:`Save to Location:` button to bring up a dialog to show where "
"to save the torrent. To set a maximum number of torrents downloading at "
"the same time change the :guilabel:`Maximum active downloads:` field. To "
"stop trying to download a file after no more file to download change the "
":guilabel:`Download is inactive if data sharing stopped` and choose how "
"many minutes to choose if it is inactive. To add .part to the end of "
"incomplete downloaded files check the :guilabel:`Append \".part\" to "
"incomplete files' names` checkbox. To choose if you want a different file"
" to choose the incomplete files check the :guilabel:`Keep incomplete "
"files in:` checkbox and bring a dialog to choose it where to be on the "
"button to the right. To automatically add torrent files to Transmission "
"check the :guilabel:`Automatically add .torrent files from:` and then "
"press the button to the right to choose where to add .torrent files from."
" To start the added torrents automatically check the :guilabel:`Start "
"added torrents` checkbox."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:76
msgid ""
"To have the settings for uploading torrents or seeding them use the "
":guilabel:`Seeding` tab. To stop seeding after you have uploaded a "
"certain size of the file check the :guilabel:`Stop seeding at ratio:` "
"checkbox and then select the ratio to stop seeding. To stop seeding if "
"the torrent has not been seeded recently check the :guilabel:`Stop "
"seeding if idle for:` checkbox and then choose how long to select if the "
"torrent is idle."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:78
msgid ""
"To have settings with privacy and encryption use the :guilabel:`Privacy` "
"tab. To change whether to prefer encryption mode, allow encryption, or to"
" require encryption use the :guilabel:`Encryption mode` drop down menu."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:41
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:80
msgid ""
"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver box outlined in red with "
"a double pointed vertical arrow."
"To change your settings on how Transmission interacts with the network "
"use the :guilabel:`Network` tab. To choose the port for incoming "
"connections to Transmission use the :guilabel:`Port for incoming "
"connections:`. To see if that port is open press the :guilabel:`Test "
"Port` button. To open a random port each time you open Transmission check"
" the :guilabel:`Pick a random port every time Transmission is started` "
"checkbox. To change the greatest number of peers you can have for each "
"individual torrent change the :guilabel:`Maximum peers per torrent` "
"field. To change the greatest number of peers you can have across all of "
"you different torrents in the :guilabel:`Maximum peers overall` field."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:84
msgid ""
"To change things about your desktop interface use the :guilabel:`Desktop`"
" tab of Transmission. To show an icon for Transmission in the system tray"
" check the :guilabel:`Show Transmission icon in the notification area` "
"checkbox. To start Transmission started in the notification area "
":guilabel:`Start minimized in notification area` checkbox. To toggle "
"showing a notification when new torrents are added check/uncheck the "
":guilabel:`Show a notification when torrents are added` checkbox. To show"
" a notification when torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show a "
"notification when torrents finish` checkbox. To toggle playing a sound "
"when the torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play a sound when "
"torrents finish` checkbox."
msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Qtransmission"
@ -139,3 +314,75 @@ msgstr ""
#~ "the command line."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Transmission is a bit-torrent client."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Screenshot"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To open a torrent file press the"
#~ " open or simply double clicking the"
#~ " torrent file from a web browser "
#~ "after opening it will start "
#~ "Transmission. The torrent file will "
#~ "start download and using your connection"
#~ " to upload to others in a so"
#~ " called peer to peer network. At "
#~ "the bottom you will see an arrow"
#~ " pointing downward to show how fast"
#~ " you are downloading. The up arrow"
#~ " shows how fast you are seeding "
#~ "or uploading the file to others."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The button with two || circled is"
#~ " a pause button that can pause "
#~ "all downloads and uploads. To start "
#~ "downloading and uploading again to press"
#~ " a button with a triangle to "
#~ "start uploading and downloading again."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "If you want have a move compact"
#~ " view :menuselection:`View --> Compact "
#~ "View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "If you want to deprioitize the "
#~ "speed of your torrents press the "
#~ "button on the bottom of transmission "
#~ "that looks like a turtle. To "
#~ "change the raio view on the bottom"
#~ " to your total changes "
#~ ":menuselection:`Globe button --> Total "
#~ "Transfer`. To view your upload/download "
#~ "ratio in the current session "
#~ ":menuselection:`Globe button --> Session "
#~ "Ratio`. To view your transfer from "
#~ "the current session only :menuselection:`Globe"
#~ " button --> Session Transfer`."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "How to launch"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To launch Transmission go to menu "
#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Qtransmission` "
#~ "bittorent client or run"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "from the terminal. The icon looks "
#~ "like a silver box outlined in red"
#~ " with a double pointed vertical "
#~ "arrow."
#~ msgstr ""

@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:2
msgid "Chapter 2.1.3 Quassel IRC"
@ -25,11 +25,11 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:4
msgid ""
"Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-platform, distributed chat client. Quassel"
" aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting experience to all major"
" platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS X® as well as Android "
"smartphones), making communication with your peers not only convenient, "
"but also ubiquitous available."
"Quassel IRC is Lubuntu's default modern, cross-platform, distributed chat"
" client. Quassel aims to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting "
"experience to all major platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS®"
" as well as Android smartphones), making communication with your peers "
"not only convenient, but also ubiquitous available."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:11
@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ msgid "Features:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:7
msgid "Remember Channels and servers"
msgid "Remember Channels, Servers, and queries"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:8
@ -62,166 +62,267 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:15
msgid ""
"To chat on irc you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This "
"To chat on IRC you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This "
"can be done with the join button or by typing \"/join [channel]\". To "
"send a query or private message directly to someone type \"/query\" "
"username or right click on the user list and select start query. If you "
"wish to view older messages just scroll up. Scroll down to view newer "
"messages."
"username or right click on the user list and select :menuselection:`Start"
" Query`. After starting a query you can get back to this conversation by "
"viewing the user with a human shaped icon on the left side pane to "
"continue the conversation later. If you wish to view older messages just "
"scroll up with the mousewheel or the scrollbar to the right. Scroll down "
"to view newer messages."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:19
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:17
msgid ""
"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar"
" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is "
"labeled :guilabel:`All chats`. To switch between different channels left "
"click on the channel name."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:21
msgid ""
"To add the Lubuntu IRC chat network click :menuselection:`File --> "
"Networks --> Configure_Networks` +Add(Networks) -> Use preset, select "
"Lubuntu IRC -> click OK. To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where"
" 1 is the channel name), right click the network and select join channel "
"or use the join button."
"Networks --> Configure_Networks`. To add a new network :guilabel:`+Add`."
" To connect to a common public network :guilabel:`Use preset` dropdown, "
"select :guilabel:`Lubuntu IRC` and then click :guilabel:`OK`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:22
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:23
msgid ""
"In Quasel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which "
"in Quasel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of "
"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your "
"desktop if you are in another window."
"To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 is the channel name), "
"right click the network and select :menuselection:`Join Channel` or use "
"the :guilabel:`Join` button. To leave a channel right click on the "
"channel name on the right hand side and select :menuselection:`Part` from"
" the context menu. If you want to join the channel again after leaving it"
" right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Join`. To have "
"your chat be hidden until you rejoin it again right click on the channel "
"and select :menuselection:`Hide Chats(s) Temporarily`. To hide the chat "
"forever right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Hide "
"Chats(s) Permanently`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:25
msgid ""
"To hide all people joining or leaving a chat right click on the channel "
"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins/Parts/Quits`. To only hide "
"people joining right click on the list of channel list "
":menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins`. To hide people parting the "
"channel right click on the channel list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> "
"Parts`. To hide people quitting the channel right click on the channel "
"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Quits`. To hide people changing "
"their nickname :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Name Changes`. To hide "
"when someone changes the topic of a channel :menuselection:`Hide Events "
"--> Topic Changes`. To hide people changing the mode of a channel right "
"click on the list of channels :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Mode "
"Changes`. To hide when Quassel tells you it is tomorrow right click on "
"the list of channels :menuselection:`Events --> Day Changes`. However "
"while hiding these may result in less busy traffic it can leave you "
"trying to communicate with people no longer on IRC. To view these events "
"again simply uncheck the checkbox for that event."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:29
msgid ""
"If you want to disconnect from a particular server if you have connected "
"to it right click on the server name and select "
":menuselection:`Disconnect`. If you are disconnected from a server and "
"want to connect to it right click on it and select "
":menuselection:`Connect`. To collapse a servers list of channels you can "
"left click on the arrow next to the server name and click it again to "
"uncollapse the list of channels. To change your settings for a server "
"right click on a server name and select :menuselection:`Configure`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:24
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:31
msgid ""
"To use Sasl authentication to autologin to an account no matter which "
"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure "
"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the "
"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for use SASL authentication. "
"Enter your username on the IRC network in the username text field. Input "
"your password into the password field so that you know how to auto "
"identifify. You can also autoidentify without using sasl by clicking the"
" Top checkbox. Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is "
"but it may be different on different servers and put your password in "
"where you autoidentify."
"To toggle showing checkboxes in front of each chat right click on a "
"server or channel and check the checkbox for :menuselection:`Show/Hide "
"Chats` to bring a giant list of checkboxes. To hide a chat this way "
"uncheck the checkbox in front of that channel or query. To go back and "
"actually hide some chats right click on the channel or server and "
"unchceck :menuselection:`Show/Hide Chats`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:28
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33
msgid ""
"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right "
"hand side right click ignore and then select a user to ingore so you will"
" not hear them in irc. If you realize you want to talk to them again "
"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore "
"rule you created. You also can switch between multiple channels with "
"To state you are taking an action in IRC you can type :kbd:`/me` at the "
"start of you typing to have say \\*nick does something."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35
msgid ""
"To leave all servers and disconnect press the :guilabel:`Disconnect` "
"button in the top toolbar. If you have multiple servers configured to "
"disconnect from one press the downward pointed arrow and select the "
"server you want to disconnect from. To connect to the servers again press"
" the :guilabel:`Connect` button. To connect to a specific server press "
"the downward pointing arrow and select the server you want to connect to."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37
msgid ""
"To switch between multiple channels left click on the channels on the "
"left hand side. If a different channel has has new text in it the channel"
" name will appear in blue. If a channel has a green name a user has "
"joined of left. You also can switch between multiple channels with "
":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to move down."
" To go to the next active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` or to go to the "
"previous active chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump to a hot chat press "
":kbd:`Meta +A`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:30
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39
msgid ""
"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom "
"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the "
":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel "
"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click paste. If you see "
"a hyperlink in chat you can left click on the link to open in your "
"webbrowser. Another is if you want to copy the link right click on it and"
" copy link adress."
"In Quassel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which"
" in Quassel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of "
"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your "
"desktop if you are in another window. Also at midnight Quassel will tell "
"you when midnight and the date of the new day."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:41
msgid ""
"If you want to have settings for automatic recoonecting "
":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and slect the "
"Connection tab. The checkbox for auto reconnect will automatically rejoin"
" chats if you get disconnected. The wait filed shows how long to between "
"the retries between each try. The checkbox for rejoin all channels after "
"reconnecting lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to "
"manual rejoin each. The number of retries is how many times to retry to "
"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the"
" unlimited number of checkboxes."
"If you want to enable automatically spell checking your input right click"
" on the input bar and select :menuselection:`Auto Spell Check`. To change"
" your language for spellcheck right click in the input bar and select "
":menuselection:`Spell Checking language`. If you make a mistake when "
"typing in your input you can press :kbd:`Control+Z` or right click on the"
" input bar and select :menuselection:`Undo`. To redo typing and action "
"press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or :menuselection:`Redo`. To clear the text "
"you input right click the input bar and select :menuselection:`Clear`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43
msgid ""
"To add close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button. To "
"reopen the view of nicks :menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the "
"list of all chats press the X button to close a list of all channel and "
"private messages you are in. To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View "
"--> Chat lists --> All chats`."
"To zoom in to get to your chat more right click and select "
":menuselection:`Zoom In`. To zoom out in Quassel press :kbd:`Control+-` "
"or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom Out`. To go back to your "
"original size right click Quassel and select :menuselection:`Actual "
"Size`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45
msgid ""
"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` "
"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`."
"To use SASL authentication to autologin to an account no matter which "
"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure "
"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the "
"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for :guilabel:`Use SASL "
"Authentication`. Enter your username on the IRC network in the "
":guilabel:`Account` text field. Input your password into the "
":guilabel:`Password` field so that you know how to auto identify. You can"
" also autoidentify without using SASL by clicking the Top checkbox. "
"Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is but it may be "
"different on different servers and put your password in where you "
"autoidentify."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:47
msgid ""
"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings "
"--> Notificiations`. To select which event to change your settings left "
"click on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`,"
" :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If "
"you do not know what highlight is it is when someone mentions your name "
"in a channel. The checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to "
"toggle playing a sound in the context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show "
"message in a popup` creates a popup notification when someone else "
"mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message in a file. The"
" :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry appear "
"highlighted."
"If you want to have settings for automatic reconnecting "
":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and select the "
":guilabel:`Connection` tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Automatic Reconnect`"
" will automatically rejoin chats if you get disconnected. The "
":guilabel:`Wait` field shows how long to between the retries between each"
" try. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Rejoin all channels after reconnect` "
"lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to manual rejoin "
"each. The :guilabel:`Number of retries` is how many times to retry to "
"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the"
" :guilabel:`Unlimited` number of checkboxes."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:51
msgid ""
"To select all of your Settings for Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> "
"Configure Quassel`."
"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right "
"hand side right click on the user :menuselection:`Ignore` and then select"
" how to ignore that user. If you realize you want to talk to them again "
"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore "
"rule you created."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:53
msgid ""
"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar"
" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is "
"labeled :guilabel:`All chats`. To switch between different channels left "
"click on the channel name."
"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom "
"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the "
":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel "
"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click "
":menuselection:`Paste`. If you see a hyperlink in chat you can left click"
" on the link to open in your webbrowser or you can copy the link by right"
" clicking on it and :menuselection:`Copy Link Address`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:55
msgid ""
"To close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button or "
":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To reopen the view of nicks "
":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the list of all chats press the"
" X button to close a list of all channel and private messages you are in."
" To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists --> All "
"chats`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:48
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:57
msgid ""
"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` "
"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`. Press the keyboard shortcut or use the menu"
" again to get out of fullscreen. If you want to quit Quassel press "
":kbd:`Control+Q` or right click on the system tray and select "
":menuselection:`Quit`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:61
msgid "Customizing"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:49
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:62
msgid ""
"To change your prefrences for quassel press :kbd:`F7` or "
":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change the client "
"style for the widget of quassel choose a widget style from the "
":guilabel:`Client style` drop down menu. To toggle showing tray icon "
"To change your preferences for Quassel press :kbd:`F7` or "
":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change how Quassel "
"appears use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose a language for your "
"chat change the :guilabel:`Language` drop down menu. To change the client"
" style for the widget of Quassel choose a widget style from the "
":guilabel:`Widget style` drop down menu. To change which icon theme you "
"use for Quassel use the :guilabel:`Fallback icon theme` drop down menu "
"and to have it replace your system icon theme press the "
":guilabel:`Override system theme`.To toggle showing tray icon "
"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray icon` checkbox. If you want"
" to be able to close the quassel window and still have quassel running in"
" to be able to close the Quassel window and still have Quassel running in"
" the system tray to bring it back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to tray on"
" close button`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:52
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:66
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has settings for colors timestamps and "
"hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat window font press the "
":guilabel:`Custom chat window font` checkbox and then press the "
":guilabel:`choose` button to choose a new font. To toggle if you want "
"colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox. "
"To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat check/uncheck the "
":guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To toggle setting "
"marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Set marker "
"line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle the set marker line "
"automatically when Quassel losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set "
"marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` checkbox."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:54
"The :guilabel:`Chat View` tab has settings for colors timestamps and "
"hyperlinks. To change how the time before each message appear check the "
":guilabel:`Custom timestamp format` checkbox and type hh for hours mm for"
" both minutes or ss for seconds. To toggle showing brackets around "
"everyone's nicknames check the :guilabel:`Show brackets around sender "
"names`. To chose a custom chat window font press the :guilabel:`Custom "
"chat window font` checkbox and then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button "
"to choose a new font. To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat "
"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To "
"toggle setting marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the "
":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle"
" the set marker line automatically when you switch windows check/uncheck "
"the :guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` "
"checkbox."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:70
msgid ""
"To change the Colors of your user interface on Quassel check the "
":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many buttons for each "
"different kind of message which you can press the buton that all bring up"
" the specific color for that kind of message."
"To change your colors of chat use the :guilabel:`Chat View Colors` tab. "
"To toggle if you want colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow "
"colored text` checkbox. To change the Colors of your user interface on "
"Quassel check the :guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many"
" buttons for each different kind of message which you can press the "
"button that all bring up the specific color for that kind of message. To "
"change the colors of nicknames for different people sending messages "
"check the :guilabel:`Use Sender Coloring` checkbox."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:58
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:74
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Chat & Nick Lists` has settings for the lists of nickname "
"lists. The :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox lets you chose a custom font "
@ -240,10 +341,10 @@ msgid ""
"changes the color of nicks of Away users."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:60
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:78
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings for what you tab to type into "
"chanels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a "
"channels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a "
"thing to activate your own custom font for just input and press the "
":guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. To have per chat history check the"
" :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` checkbox. The checkbox "
@ -251,26 +352,390 @@ msgid ""
"the window to select different nicks. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show style "
"buttons` shows buttons that style your text hidden in an arrow under an "
"arrow. To enable line wrapping when you type a long line in the input box"
" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox."
" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox. To enable multiple line "
"editing if you have a really long thing you want to type into the IRC "
"channel check the :guilabel:`Multi-Line Editing` checkbox. To edit the "
"largest number of lines shown change the :guilabel:`Show at most X lines`"
" field. To have a scrollbar on inputting text if long enough check the "
":guilabel:`Enable scrollbars` checkbox. After tab completing someone's "
"nick if you want something after it in the :guilabel:`Completion suffix` "
"field. To add a space afterward tab completing someone's nick by checking"
" the :guilabel:`Add space after nick when completing mid-sentence` "
"checkbox."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:82
msgid ""
"To change how Quassel displays the topic of each channel use the "
":guilabel:`Topic Widget` tab. To use a custom font for your topic press "
"the :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox and to choose a different font press"
" the :guilabel:`Choose` button. To choose to resize to fit the topic "
"check the :guilabel:`Resize dynamically to fit contents`. To only do this"
" when you hove over the topic check the :guilabel:`On hover only` "
"checkbox."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:84
msgid ""
"To view settings for spellcheck use the :guilabel:`Spell Checking` tab. "
"To change the default language for you spell check use the "
":guilabel:`Default language` drop down menu. To toggle autodetecting "
"language check the :guilabel:`Enable autodetection of language` checkbox."
" To have Automatic spell checking by default check the "
":guilabel:`Automatic spell checking enabled by default` checkbox. To have"
" spell check not spellcheck on words starting with capital letters check "
"the :guilabel:`Skip all uppercase words` checkbox. To not spellcheck two "
"words right next to each other check the :guilabel:`Skip run-together "
"words` checkbox. To add words to be the dictionary type in the "
":guilabel:`Ignored Words` field and then press the :guilabel:`Add` "
"button. To remove a word from your dictionary left click on it and press "
"the :guilabel:`Remove` button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:88
msgid ""
"To have additional settings on highlights use the :guilabel:`Highlights` "
"tab. To add other words or names to highlight you can press the "
":guilabel:`Add` button. To change what you want a name or word to be "
"highlighted double click on the :guilabel:`Name` column. To toggle "
"enabling being highlighted by the name check or uncheck the checkbox in "
"the :guilabel:`Enabled` column. To make being highlighted case sensitive "
"check the checkbox in the checkbox in the :guilabel:`CS` column. To use a"
" regular expression for the rule to highlight check the checkbox in the "
":guilabel:`RegEx` column. To remove this highlight rule press the "
":guilabel:`Remove` button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:92
msgid ""
"To change your settings Quassel getting and displaying backlogs can be "
"set from :guilabel:`Backlog Fetching` tab. To change modes of backlog "
"fetching to unread messages or a fixed number per chat use the "
":guilabel:`Backlog request method` drop down menu. If you choose a fixed "
"amount you can change the :guilabel:`Initial backlog amount` to change "
"how many lines you get. If you change the amount unread messages choose "
"the :guilabel:`Limit` to get that many unread messages and then the "
":guilabel:`Additional Messages` will be shown for context."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:63
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:94
msgid ""
"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings "
"--> Notifications`. You can also get to this from the "
":guilabel:`Notifications` tab from the notifications tab. To select which"
" event to change your settings left click on :guilabel:`Private message "
"when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`,"
" or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If you do not know what highlight is it "
"is when someone mentions your name in a channel. The checkbox "
":guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to toggle playing a sound in the "
"context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show message in a popup` creates a popup"
" notification when someone else mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file`"
" puts the message in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the"
" taskbar entry appear highlighted."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:98
msgid ""
"To change your shortcut :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure "
"Shortcuts`. To see what shortcut does look at the :guilabel:`Action` "
"column in the table. To see what keyboard shortcut to press see the "
":guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To set a second keyboard shortcut to do "
"something use the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To switch to a custom "
"keyboard shortcut left click on the action in the action column press the"
" :guilabel:`Custom` and then press the button to the right and input your"
" keyboard shortcut. To restore your keyboard shortcuts to the defaults "
"press the :guilabel:`Defaults` bottom at the bottom. To not make your "
"changes for keyboard shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To "
"apply your changes to keyboard shortcuts and close the window press the "
":guilabel:`OK` button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:103
msgid "Version"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:64
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC."
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:104
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.13.1 of Quassel IRC."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:68
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:108
msgid "How to Launch"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:69
msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type"
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:109
msgid ""
"To launch Quassel from the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> "
"Quassel IRC` or type"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:75
msgid "in the terminal."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:115
msgid ""
"in the terminal. The icon for Quassel looks like a blue circle with a "
"white crescent on it."
msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-"
#~ "platform, distributed chat client. Quassel "
#~ "aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable"
#~ " chatting experience to all major "
#~ "platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and "
#~ "MacOS X® as well as Android "
#~ "smartphones), making communication with your"
#~ " peers not only convenient, but also"
#~ " ubiquitous available."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Remember Channels and servers"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To chat on irc you need to "
#~ "connect to a server and join a "
#~ "channel. This can be done with the"
#~ " join button or by typing \"/join "
#~ "[channel]\". To send a query or "
#~ "private message directly to someone type"
#~ " \"/query\" username or right click "
#~ "on the user list and select start"
#~ " query. If you wish to view "
#~ "older messages just scroll up. Scroll"
#~ " down to view newer messages."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To add the Lubuntu IRC chat "
#~ "network click :menuselection:`File --> "
#~ "Networks --> Configure_Networks` +Add(Networks) "
#~ "-> Use preset, select Lubuntu IRC "
#~ "-> click OK. To join a channel "
#~ "simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 "
#~ "is the channel name), right click "
#~ "the network and select join channel "
#~ "or use the join button."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "In Quasel if someone says your "
#~ "name you are said to be "
#~ "highlighted which in Quasel will make"
#~ " a sound and in a goldenrod "
#~ "color over the line of text with"
#~ " your name on it. The notification"
#~ " will also be shown on your "
#~ "desktop if you are in another "
#~ "window."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To use Sasl authentication to autologin"
#~ " to an account no matter which "
#~ "nickname you want to use "
#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Networks --> "
#~ "Configure networks` to bring up a "
#~ "network configuration dialog. Click on "
#~ "the autoidentify tab and press the "
#~ "checkbox for use SASL authentication. "
#~ "Enter your username on the IRC "
#~ "network in the username text field. "
#~ "Input your password into the password"
#~ " field so that you know how to"
#~ " auto identifify. You can also "
#~ "autoidentify without using sasl by "
#~ "clicking the Top checkbox. Nickserv is"
#~ " a sensible default for what the "
#~ "services is but it may be "
#~ "different on different servers and put"
#~ " your password in where you "
#~ "autoidentify."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To ignore a really annoying user "
#~ "you can on the nicks bar on "
#~ "the right hand side right click "
#~ "ignore and then select a user to"
#~ " ingore so you will not hear "
#~ "them in irc. If you realize you"
#~ " want to talk to them again "
#~ "Right click the same username and "
#~ "uncheck the checkbox for the ignore "
#~ "rule you created. You also can "
#~ "switch between multiple channels with "
#~ ":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up"
#~ " or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to "
#~ "move down. To go to the next "
#~ "active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` "
#~ "or to go to the previous active"
#~ " chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump "
#~ "to a hot chat press :kbd:`Meta "
#~ "+A`."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To type a message to an entire "
#~ "channel type into the bar at the"
#~ " bottom and press enter. To complete"
#~ " typing someone's nickname press the "
#~ ":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name."
#~ " To paste text into the channel "
#~ "such as a link press :kbd:`Control "
#~ "+ V` or right click paste. If "
#~ "you see a hyperlink in chat you"
#~ " can left click on the link to"
#~ " open in your webbrowser. Another is"
#~ " if you want to copy the link"
#~ " right click on it and copy "
#~ "link adress."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "If you want to have settings for"
#~ " automatic recoonecting :menuselection:`File -->"
#~ " Network --> Configure network` and "
#~ "slect the Connection tab. The checkbox"
#~ " for auto reconnect will automatically "
#~ "rejoin chats if you get disconnected."
#~ " The wait filed shows how long "
#~ "to between the retries between each "
#~ "try. The checkbox for rejoin all "
#~ "channels after reconnecting lets you "
#~ "rejoin all of your channels without "
#~ "having to manual rejoin each. The "
#~ "number of retries is how many "
#~ "times to retry to connect before "
#~ "stopping. To have an unlimited number"
#~ " of retries click the unlimited "
#~ "number of checkboxes."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To add close the list of nicknames"
#~ " or channels press the X button. "
#~ "To reopen the view of nicks "
#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close "
#~ "the list of all chats press the"
#~ " X button to close a list of"
#~ " all channel and private messages you"
#~ " are in. To reopen it press the"
#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists -->"
#~ " All chats`."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To make your chat full screen "
#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` "
#~ "or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To change your settings on your "
#~ "notifications :menuselection:`Settings --> "
#~ "Notificiations`. To select which event "
#~ "to change your settings left click "
#~ "on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`,"
#~ " :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When "
#~ "Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If"
#~ " you do not know what highlight "
#~ "is it is when someone mentions "
#~ "your name in a channel. The "
#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows "
#~ "you to to toggle playing a sound"
#~ " in the context. The checkbox "
#~ ":guilabel:`Show message in a popup` "
#~ "creates a popup notification when "
#~ "someone else mentions you. The "
#~ ":guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message"
#~ " in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark "
#~ "taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry"
#~ " appear highlighted."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To select all of your Settings for"
#~ " Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure"
#~ " Quassel`."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To change your prefrences for quassel"
#~ " press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Settings "
#~ "--> Configure Quassel`. To change the"
#~ " client style for the widget of "
#~ "quassel choose a widget style from "
#~ "the :guilabel:`Client style` drop down "
#~ "menu. To toggle showing tray icon "
#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray"
#~ " icon` checkbox. If you want to "
#~ "be able to close the quassel "
#~ "window and still have quassel running"
#~ " in the system tray to bring it"
#~ " back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to"
#~ " tray on close button`."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has "
#~ "settings for colors timestamps and "
#~ "hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat "
#~ "window font press the :guilabel:`Custom "
#~ "chat window font` checkbox and then "
#~ "press the :guilabel:`choose` button to "
#~ "choose a new font. To toggle if"
#~ " you want colored text press/unpress "
#~ "the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox."
#~ " To toggle previews of hyperlinks in"
#~ " chat check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show "
#~ "previews of webpages on URL hover`. "
#~ "To toggle setting marker line when "
#~ "switching chats check/uncheck the "
#~ ":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when"
#~ " switching chats`. To toggle the set"
#~ " marker line automatically when Quassel "
#~ "losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set "
#~ "marker line automatically when Quassel "
#~ "loses focus` checkbox."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To change the Colors of your user"
#~ " interface on Quassel check the "
#~ ":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there"
#~ " are many buttons for each different"
#~ " kind of message which you can "
#~ "press the buton that all bring up"
#~ " the specific color for that kind "
#~ "of message."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings "
#~ "for what you tab to type into "
#~ "chanels or private messages. The "
#~ ":guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a "
#~ "thing to activate your own custom "
#~ "font for just input and press the"
#~ " :guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. "
#~ "To have per chat history check the"
#~ " :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` "
#~ "checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show nick"
#~ " selector` puts a widget in the "
#~ "lower left corner of the window to"
#~ " select different nicks. The checkbox "
#~ ":guilabel:`Show style buttons` shows buttons"
#~ " that style your text hidden in "
#~ "an arrow under an arrow. To enable"
#~ " line wrapping when you type a "
#~ "long line in the input box check"
#~ " the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "in the terminal."
#~ msgstr ""

@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:2
msgid "Chapter 2.1.4 Bluedevil"
@ -25,46 +25,65 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:4
msgid ""
"bluedevil is the default application to manage bluetooth devices for "
"lubuntu."
"Bluedevil is the default application to manage Bluetooth devices for "
"Lubuntu."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:9
msgid "Version"
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:7
msgid "Pairing"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:10
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of bluedevil."
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:8
msgid ""
"To launch Bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu "
":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard` or from the command line "
"run"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:13
msgid "Pairing"
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:14
msgid ""
". If Bluetooth is disabled you will be asked to enable it. In the main "
"part of the window will show detected Bluetooth devices under the heading"
" :guilabel:`Select a device`. To choose a device to pair with left click "
"on it. Click on the device you wish to add and press :guilabel:`Next`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:14
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:16
msgid ""
"To launch bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu "
":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. If bluetooth is disabled "
"you will be asked to enable it. In the main part of the window will show "
"detected bluetooth devices. Click on the device you wish to add and press"
" :guilabel:`next`."
"Next you will be asked if your pin matches on your device to pair it. If "
"the pin matches press the :guilabel:`Matches` button. If the the pin does"
" not match press the :guilabel:`Does not match` button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:17
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21
msgid "Sending files"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:18
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:22
msgid ""
"To send a file to another device after pairing with the device "
":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send file` to open the file "
"sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send a file to. Press "
"the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a dialog of which "
"files to transfer."
":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send File` or from the command "
"line run"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21
msgid "Screenshot"
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:28
msgid ""
"to open the file sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send "
"a file to. Press the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a "
"dialog of which files to transfer. To choose the file navigate to the "
"path and select the :guilabel:`Open` button. To choose which device to "
"sent a file select the device under :guilabel:`Select a device from the "
"list`. Then to actually send the file press the :guilabel:`Send files` "
"button. On a mobile device you may need to press a button to allow the "
"file transfer."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:33
msgid "Version"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:34
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.3 of Bluedevil."
msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
@ -72,3 +91,38 @@ msgstr ""
#~ " make bluetooth devices for lubuntu."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "bluedevil is the default application to"
#~ " manage bluetooth devices for lubuntu."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of bluedevil."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To launch bluedevil to pair with a"
#~ " device from the menu "
#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. "
#~ "If bluetooth is disabled you will "
#~ "be asked to enable it. In the "
#~ "main part of the window will show"
#~ " detected bluetooth devices. Click on "
#~ "the device you wish to add and "
#~ "press :guilabel:`next`."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To send a file to another device"
#~ " after pairing with the device "
#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send "
#~ "file` to open the file sending "
#~ "dialog. Then select the device you "
#~ "want to send a file to. Press "
#~ "the button with the upward pointing "
#~ "arrow to to bring a dialog of "
#~ "which files to transfer."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Screenshot"
#~ msgstr ""

@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:2
msgid "Chapter 2.1.5 Trojita"
@ -29,34 +29,26 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:8
msgid ""
"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email that way with "
"trojita."
"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email by that method "
"with Trojita."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:11
msgid "Version"
msgid "Usage"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:12
msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of trojita."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:15
msgid "Useage"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:16
msgid ""
"To use trojita you will need to input your account information. You will "
"To use Trojita you will need to input your account information. You will "
"need to type in your name so people know what call you and the email "
"address so trojita needs to know what address to get information from. "
"The :guilabel:`Imap` tab haas settings for how to get messages to your "
"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encrpytion "
"address so Trojita needs to know what address to get information from. "
"The :guilabel:`IMAP` tab has settings for how to get messages to your "
"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encryption "
"to use when accessing your mail as needed for your mail provider. The "
":guilabel:`Server` field is where you input what server to get your email"
" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network port to access "
"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which username to "
"send to the email server."
" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells Trojita which network port to access "
"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` field tells Trojita which "
"username to send to the email server."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:18
@ -75,90 +67,170 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:22
msgid ""
"To change how long Trojita stores messages in offline mode from the "
"settings from :menuselection:`IMAP --> Settings` and use the "
":guilabel:`Offline` tab. To not store messages offfline select the "
":guilabel:`Don't use cache` button. To keep your email messages "
"indefinetly press the :guilabel:`Store forever` button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26
msgid ""
"To send an email to someone press :kbd:`Control +N` or "
":menuselection:`Imap --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will "
":menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will "
"bring up a compose mail window. Type the email address of the person you "
"want to type the address where it says :guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of"
" your message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line. In the main part of the "
"message called the body is where you will add most of your message. If "
"you want to attach a file to your email press the button with the "
"paperclip on it that says :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message press "
"the :guilabel:`Send` button."
"the :guilabel:`Send` button. To save a draft of your message press the "
":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Save` button to "
"actually save the draft. If you don't want to save a message press the "
":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. "
"To reopen a saved draft of a message :menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose "
"Mail --> Edit Draft...`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:24
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30
msgid ""
"To view your messages on trojita to see new messages you have recieved in"
"To view your messages on Trojita to see new messages you have received in"
" your inbox left click on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the center of "
"the window will show a list of all messages in your inbox. Unread "
"messages will appear in bold. To view a message left click on the title "
"and subject of the window and it will appear at the bottom. If you want "
"to open this email in a popup window of its own double click the message "
"title. If you recieve an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear"
"title. If you receive an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear"
" on the message and click that to download the attachment or open it "
"directly. To switch from text to html view click the :guilabel:`HTML` "
"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab."
"directly. To switch from text to HTML view click the :guilabel:`HTML` "
"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab. Sometimes "
"HTML email needs to be load external things to view the email and Trojita"
" does not load them by default for privacy but to actually load the "
"content press the :guilabel:`Load` button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:32
msgid ""
"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of trojita."
"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of Trojita."
" To switch to another folder such as sent mail to view your sent messages"
" left click on the :guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this case. To switch "
"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`."
"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`. To "
"remember messages for only a specified numbers of days press the "
":guilabel:`Remember messages for X days` button and use the below field "
"to select the number of days."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:28
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34
msgid ""
"To move to the next unread message press the :kbd:`n` key or to move to "
"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key."
"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key. To manually toggle marking a"
" message as read press the :kbd:`m` key."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36
msgid ""
"To reply to a message to just the person that sent it press :kbd:`Control"
" + Shift +A` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To forward an "
"email to someone else press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or "
":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`."
":menuselection:`IMAP --> Forward`. If you want to delete a message from "
"your mailbox press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Expunge`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:40
msgid ""
"In the center of the window there are several different columns that show"
" you information about each different email you have received. The "
":guilabel:`Subject` line shows you a subject that should tell you what "
"each message is about. The :guilabel:`From` column shows who is sending "
"you this email. The :guilabel:`Date` Column show when the email was sent "
"to you. The :guilabel:`Size` column shows you how much space the email "
"takes up on your account on the email server. To see if there is an "
"attachment to a message a column has what looks like a paperclip and it "
"has a paperclip in it if that email has an attachment."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42
msgid ""
"When writing a reply message a window will pop up to write your message "
"in. To send the message press the :guilabel:`Send` button. If you change "
"your mind about sending this message press the :guilabel:`Cancel`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:44
msgid ""
"To manually check for new messages :menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for "
"new messages`. To hide read messages :menuselection:`View --> Hide read "
"messages` and uncheck this to see read messages again. To view newest "
"messages in trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> "
"Descending`."
"messages in Trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> "
"Descending`. To switch back to your old view of oldest message first "
":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Ascending`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:38
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:46
msgid ""
"To launch an address book of saved contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> "
"Address Book`. To add a new message to contacts press the :guilabel:`Add`"
" button. Once on the new contact doulbe click on the fields which are all"
" button. Once on the new contact double click on the fields which are all"
" optional. If you press the X button and have changes you will bring up a"
" dialog to save the changes."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:41
msgid "How to launch"
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48
msgid ""
"To change your view of Trojita to view only one message at a time or the "
"view of your inbox :menuselection:`View --> Layout --> One At Time` which"
" is quite useful on small screens. To view you message in a three column "
"format with your folders to the list of message in each folder in the "
"center and then the message itself on the right :menuselection:`View --> "
"Layout --> Wide`. To return to your original view :menuselection:`View "
"--> Layout --> Compact`. To hide the menubar press :kbd:`Control+M` or "
":menuselection:`View --> Show Main Menu Bar` and do the same thing again "
"to see the menubar again. To toggle showing your menubar "
":menuselection:`View --> Show Toolbar`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:50
msgid ""
"To launch trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> trojita` "
"with the icon that looks like an envolope or run"
"To take Trojita into an offline mode where it will not try to access the "
"internet :menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Offline` however you"
" will need to switch it back to expensive access or free access to send "
"or receive emails again. To switch back to an mode where you have no "
"worry about data caps or how much network traffic is used "
":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Free Access`. To throttle the"
" amount of data used from Trojita to not use up a data cap "
":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Expensive Connection`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48
msgid "from the command line."
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:52
msgid ""
"If you want to quit Trojita press :kbd:`Control+Q` or from the system "
"tray right click there and select :menuselection:`Quit`. In the bottom "
"right there is a system tray icon on the panel. To change bring Trojita "
"up you can left click on the tray icon to bring the Trojita window up. "
"When you receive a new message the system tray icon will become blue and "
"have the number of unread messages on it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:55
msgid "Version"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:56
msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of Trojita."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:59
msgid "How to Launch"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:60
msgid ""
"To launch Trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> Trojita` or "
"run"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:66
msgid "from the command line. The icon for Trojita looks like an envelope."
msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
@ -168,3 +240,149 @@ msgstr ""
#~ "run trojita from the command line."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Trojita does not do POP3 so you"
#~ " cannot access your email that way"
#~ " with trojita."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of trojita."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Useage"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To use trojita you will need to"
#~ " input your account information. You "
#~ "will need to type in your name "
#~ "so people know what call you and"
#~ " the email address so trojita needs"
#~ " to know what address to get "
#~ "information from. The :guilabel:`Imap` tab "
#~ "haas settings for how to get "
#~ "messages to your machine. The "
#~ ":guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind"
#~ " of encrpytion to use when accessing"
#~ " your mail as needed for your "
#~ "mail provider. The :guilabel:`Server` field"
#~ " is where you input what server "
#~ "to get your email from. The "
#~ ":guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network"
#~ " port to access the server on. "
#~ "The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which"
#~ " username to send to the email "
#~ "server."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To send an email to someone press"
#~ " :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`Imap "
#~ "--> Compose Mail --> New Message`. "
#~ "Then you will bring up a compose"
#~ " mail window. Type the email address"
#~ " of the person you want to type"
#~ " the address where it says "
#~ ":guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of your"
#~ " message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line."
#~ " In the main part of the "
#~ "message called the body is where "
#~ "you will add most of your message."
#~ " If you want to attach a file"
#~ " to your email press the button "
#~ "with the paperclip on it that says"
#~ " :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message"
#~ " press the :guilabel:`Send` button."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To view your messages on trojita "
#~ "to see new messages you have "
#~ "recieved in your inbox left click "
#~ "on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the"
#~ " center of the window will show "
#~ "a list of all messages in your "
#~ "inbox. Unread messages will appear in"
#~ " bold. To view a message left "
#~ "click on the title and subject of"
#~ " the window and it will appear "
#~ "at the bottom. If you want to "
#~ "open this email in a popup window"
#~ " of its own double click the "
#~ "message title. If you recieve an "
#~ "email with an attachment a paperclip "
#~ "will appear on the message and "
#~ "click that to download the attachment"
#~ " or open it directly. To switch "
#~ "from text to html view click the"
#~ " :guilabel:`HTML` tab. To switch back "
#~ "to text click on the :guilabel:`Text`"
#~ " tab."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Your different folders are on a "
#~ "sidebar on the left hand side of"
#~ " trojita. To switch to another folder"
#~ " such as sent mail to view your"
#~ " sent messages left click on the "
#~ ":guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this "
#~ "case. To switch to the drafts "
#~ "folder left click where it says "
#~ ":guilabel:`Drafts`."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To move to the next unread message"
#~ " press the :kbd:`n` key or to "
#~ "move to the previous message press "
#~ "the :kbd:`p` key."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To reply to a message to just "
#~ "the person that sent it press "
#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +A` or "
#~ ":menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To"
#~ " forward an email to someone else "
#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or "
#~ ":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To manually check for new messages "
#~ ":menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for new "
#~ "messages`. To hide read messages "
#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Hide read messages`"
#~ " and uncheck this to see read "
#~ "messages again. To view newest messages"
#~ " in trojita first :menuselection:`View -->"
#~ " Sorting --> Descending`."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To launch an address book of saved"
#~ " contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> Address "
#~ "Book`. To add a new message to "
#~ "contacts press the :guilabel:`Add` button. "
#~ "Once on the new contact doulbe "
#~ "click on the fields which are all"
#~ " optional. If you press the X "
#~ "button and have changes you will "
#~ "bring up a dialog to save the "
#~ "changes."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "How to launch"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To launch trojita from the menu "
#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> trojita` with the"
#~ " icon that looks like an envolope "
#~ "or run"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "from the command line."
#~ msgstr ""

@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
#: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:2
msgid "Chapter 2.1 Internet Applications"
@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:4
msgid ""
"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers email clinets and torent "
"clients."
"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers, email clients, and torrent"
" clients."
msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "This chapter documents how to use "
#~ "webbrowsers email clinets and torent "
#~ "clients."
#~ msgstr ""

@ -10,77 +10,99 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:2
msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 Libreoffice"
msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 LibreOffice"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:4
msgid ""
"Libreoffice is an open source full office suite. In the menu there are "
"shortcuts to different libreoffice applications and your recently used "
"files."
"LibreOffice is the default open source full office suite for Lubuntu. In "
"the menu there are shortcuts to different LibreOffice applications and "
"your recently used files."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:7
msgid "Useage"
msgid "Usage"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:8
msgid ""
"To open a recently used file in libreoffice they are shown in the main "
"part of the window. To open a program or to create a file from a file "
"dialog are along the left hand column."
"To open a recently used file in LibreOffice they are shown in the main "
"part of the window by pressing the :guilabel:`Recent Files` button. To "
"open a program or to create a file from a file dialog are along the left "
"hand column under the :guilabel:`Create` header. To open a particular "
"file press the :guilabel:`Open File` button. To start a new document from"
" a template press the :guilabel:`Templates` button and left click on the "
"template you want."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:10
msgid ""
"Libreoffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets "
"you switch between a document in libreoffice writer and libreoffice calc."
" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window that you "
"LibreOffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets "
"you switch between a document in LibreOffice writer and LibreOffice calc."
" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and select the window that you "
"want to switch to."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:12
msgid ""
"Libreoffice if you shutdown without saving your work libreoffice will "
"LibreOffice if you shutdown without saving your work LibreOffice will "
"automatically recover the document. If you do not want to recover a "
"document press the :guilabel:`discard` button. If you want to "
"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`start` button."
"document press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. If you want to "
"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`Start` button. To"
" finish recovery press the :guilabel:`Finish` button. If documentar "
"recovery keeps on failing and won't launch run on the command line"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:15
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:18
msgid "from the command line to stop crashes at document recovery."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:22
msgid ""
"If you are about to close a document without saving it in LibreOffice a "
"dialog will popup asking :guilabel:`Save changes to document before "
"closing?`. If you do not want to save what you were working on press the "
":guilabel:`Don't Save` button. To not quit LibreOffice press the "
":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Save the document to not lose your work "
"press the :guilabel:`Save` button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:25
msgid "Screenshot"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:19
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:29
msgid "Version"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:20
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice."
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:23
msgid "How to launch"
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:33
msgid "How to Launch"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:24
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:34
msgid ""
"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice` to launch "
"libreoffice or run"
"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice` to launch "
"LibreOffice or run"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30
msgid "from the command line."
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:40
msgid ""
"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice is a white piece of paper"
" with a folded right hand corner."
msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
@ -89,3 +111,62 @@ msgstr ""
#~ " libreoffice from the command line."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 Libreoffice"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Libreoffice is an open source full "
#~ "office suite. In the menu there "
#~ "are shortcuts to different libreoffice "
#~ "applications and your recently used "
#~ "files."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Useage"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To open a recently used file in"
#~ " libreoffice they are shown in the"
#~ " main part of the window. To "
#~ "open a program or to create a "
#~ "file from a file dialog are along"
#~ " the left hand column."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Libreoffice all of the different "
#~ "components have a window menu that "
#~ "lets you switch between a document "
#~ "in libreoffice writer and libreoffice "
#~ "calc. To do this go to "
#~ ":menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window"
#~ " that you want to switch to."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Libreoffice if you shutdown without "
#~ "saving your work libreoffice will "
#~ "automatically recover the document. If "
#~ "you do not want to recover a "
#~ "document press the :guilabel:`discard` button."
#~ " If you want to automatically recover"
#~ " the document press the :guilabel:`start`"
#~ " button."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "How to launch"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> "
#~ "Libreoffice` to launch libreoffice or "
#~ "run"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "from the command line."
#~ msgstr ""

@ -10,25 +10,25 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:2
msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 Libreoffice Calc"
msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 LibreOffice Calc"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:4
msgid "Libreoffice Calc is a spreadsheat program included by default in Lubuntu."
msgid "LibreOffice Calc is the default spreadsheet program for Lubuntu."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:7
msgid "Useage"
msgid "Usage"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:8
@ -36,65 +36,114 @@ msgid ""
"To move between cells press the arrow keys. To enter data into cells type"
" in the keyboard. To select cells left click and drag to select the cells"
" you want. To sum data from cells in the cell where you want the sum is "
"to press the button that looks like Σ character and then drag the mouse "
"over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in descending order "
"press the button with bullet points and an arrow going down. To sort in "
"ascending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow pointing"
" upwards."
"to press the button that looks like :guilabel:`Σ` character and then drag"
" the mouse over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in "
"descending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow going "
"down. To sort in ascending order press the button with bullet points and "
"an arrow pointing upwards."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:12
msgid ""
"To save your spreadsheet you need to press the button that looks like a "
"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`file "
"--> save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> "
"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`File "
"--> Save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> "
"Save as`. To open a file press the button that looks like a brown folder "
"and add selct the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File "
"and add select the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File "
"--> Open`. To open a recent document :menuselection:`File --> Recent "
"Documents`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:14
msgid ""
"To copy data you can right click copy, press the button with two pieces "
"of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press control "
":kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit --> paste`, right click paste or"
" press the botton that is a clipboard with a piece of paper on it. To cut"
" text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors button to cut text. If "
"you want to paste your text unformatted press :kbd:`Control+Shift + "
"Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`."
"To copy data you can right click :menuselection:`Copy`, press the button "
"with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press"
" control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`, right click"
" :menuselection:`Paste`, or press the button that is a clipboard with a "
"piece of paper on it. To cut text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the "
"scissors button to cut text. If you want to paste your text unformatted "
"press :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste "
"Unformatted Text`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:16
msgid ""
"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get to the"
" dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. The "
"the first selection is to choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, Line, "
"XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, or Column and Line chart. To change the "
"subtype of graph click the pciture of a chart that looks like the type "
"you want."
"To change to showing currency for the number press :kbd:`Control+Shift+4`"
" or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> Currency`. To change to "
"percentage press :kbd:`Control+Shift+5` or :menuselection:`Format --> "
"Number Format --> Percentage`. To switch back to a normal number press "
":kbd:`Control+Shift+1` or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> "
"Number`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:18
msgid ""
"To view values highlighted in another color to see them easier press "
":kbd:`Control+F8` or :menuselection:`View --> Value Highlighting`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:20
msgid ""
"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on"
" the letter for the column Insert column left. If you want the new column"
" to the right is right click on the letter and insert column right. If "
"you want to delete a column right click on the letter and delete column. "
"To insert a row above the current row right click on the number and "
"insert row above. To insert a row below the current row right click on "
"the number and insert row below. To delte a row right click the number "
"delete rows."
"To view a long list of functions to use :menuselection:`View --> Function"
" List`. To select different functions left click on the function name in "
"the column. To insert a function press the :guilabel:`fx` button. To sort"
" by different categories of functions use the drop down menu to the right"
" of the :guilabel:`fx` button. To close this function sidebar press the "
":guilabel:`x` button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:22
msgid ""
"To change the size of a row or colum of cells click in between the "
"To see a gallery of stock images for your spreadsheet "
":menuselection:`View --> Gallery`. To get a list of different categories "
"of images beneath :guilabel:`Galleries` and left click to select your "
"image. To move an image in from the gallery to your spreadsheet left "
"click on the image and drag the image to where you want."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24
msgid ""
"To style part of your spreadsheet to bring lots of attention to a cell "
":menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 1`. To bring slightly less attention to"
" a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 2`. To bring even less "
"attention to a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 3`. To style a cell"
" like a heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. To have a slightly"
" smaller heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To switch back "
"to your original style :menuselection:`Styles --> Default`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26
msgid ""
"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To select an "
"image to change how it appears in your spreadsheet left click on it. To "
"resizing your image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on the box "
"on the corner of your image. To stretch or shrink an image horizontally "
"left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side and then release "
"when in the giant position. To stretch on shrink your image vertically "
"click on the box on the top or bottom and drag to your desired position."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:29
msgid ""
"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on"
" the letter for the column :menuselection:`Insert Column Before`. If you "
"want the new column to the right is right click on the letter and "
":menuselection:`Insert Column After`. To insert a row above the current "
"row right click on the number and :menuselection:`Insert Row Above`. To "
"insert a row below the current row right click on the number and "
":menuselection:`Insert Row Below`. To delete a row or column right click "
"the number and select :menuselection:`Delete rows` or "
":menuselection:`Delete Column`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31
msgid ""
"To change the size of a row or column of cells click in between the "
"border of that particular row or column and drag with the mouse to give "
"yourself room."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33
msgid ""
"To sort your data like a bunch of names first select all the cells with "
"the mouse :menuselection:`Data --> Sort Ascending`. If you want the "
@ -102,7 +151,7 @@ msgid ""
"Descending`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35
msgid ""
"To undo a selection press :kbd:`control +z` or press the button with the "
"arrow looping around and pointing to the left. To redo an operation press"
@ -110,14 +159,16 @@ msgid ""
"left."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:28
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:37
msgid ""
"To zoom to view a full page on your spreadsheet in the menu "
":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire Page`. To view the whole width "
"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`."
"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. "
"To zoom to a particular percentage :menuselection:`View --> Zoom` and "
"select the percentage you want."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:41
msgid ""
"To select all cells in your spreadsheet press :kbd:`Control+A`. To select"
" an entire column press :kbd:`Control+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> "
@ -125,40 +176,103 @@ msgid ""
"+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select --> Select Row`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43
msgid ""
"To createa a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the "
"To create a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the "
"bottom that looks like a :guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> "
"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet perss the button on each "
"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet press the button on each "
"sheet at the bottom near the button to add a new sheet."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:45
msgid ""
"To insert a special character not on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert"
" --> Special Character`."
" --> Special Character`. To select what character to insert left click in"
" the center of the inserting character window. To actually insert the "
"symbol press the :guilabel:`Insert` button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49
msgid ""
"To insert a hyperlink in Libreoffice-calc :menuselection:`Insert --> "
"Hyperlink` or press :kbd:`Control+K`. To actually type the address in the"
" :guilabel:`URL` field. To switch to a button for the hyperlink use the "
":guilabel:`Form` button. To switch back to text use the :guilabel:`Form` "
"drop down and select :guilabel:`Text`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:38
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:53
msgid "To quit LibreOffice Calc press :kbd:`Control+Q`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:56
msgid "Charts"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:57
msgid ""
"To get to the dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> "
"Chart`. The first selection is to choose a :guilabel:`Column`, "
":guilabel:`Bar`, :guilabel:`Pie`, :guilabel:`Area`, :guilabel:`Line`, "
":guilabel:`XY(Scatter)`, :guilabel:`Bubble`, :guilabel:`Net`, "
":guilabel:`Stock`, or :guilabel:`Column and Line` chart. To change the "
"subtype of graph click the picture of a chart that looks like the type "
"you want. To switch to the next step of making a graph press the "
":guilabel:`Next` button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:61
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Data Range` tab controls what data will be in the chart "
"and how present it. To switch to basing the bottom axis of your chart on "
"rows of data press the :guilabel:`Data series in rows` button. To choose "
"to switch your bottom axis of your chart on columns press the "
":guilabel:`Data series in columns` button. To use the first row as a "
"label on each item on the chart check the :guilabel:`First row as label` "
"checkbox. To input a custom title on the first column of your chart check"
" the :guilabel:`First column as Label` checkbox."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:65
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Chart Elements` tab controls labels and displaying legends"
" on your chart. To add a title to your chart type your title in the "
":guilabel:`Title` field. To add a subtitle to your chart type it in the "
":guilabel:`Subtitle` field. To add a label to your horizontal axis type "
"your label in the :guilabel:`X axis` field. To label your vertical axis "
"type your label in the :guilabel:`Y axis` field. To have a vertical grid "
"lines on your chart check the :guilabel:`X axis` checkbox. To have "
"horizontal lines on your grid check the :guilabel:`Y axis` checkbox. To "
"toggle displaying a legend on your graph check the :guilabel:`Display "
"legend` checkbox. To move the legend to the left hand side press the "
":guilabel:`Left` button. To move the legend to the right hand side press "
"the :guilabel:`Right` button. To move the legend to the top of the chart "
"press the :guilabel:`Top` button. To move the legend to the bottom of the"
" chart press the :guilabel:`Bottom` button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:70
msgid "Version"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:39
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice Calc."
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:71
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice Calc."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:42
msgid "How to launch"
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:74
msgid "How to Launch"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:75
msgid ""
"To launch libreoffice calc in the menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> "
"Libreoffice Calc` or run"
"To launch LibreOffice Calc from the menu go to :menuselection:`Office -->"
" LibreOffice Calc` or run"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49
msgid "from the command line."
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:81
msgid ""
"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Calc is a piece of paper "
"with a green icon with a spreadsheet on it."
msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
@ -168,3 +282,150 @@ msgstr ""
#~ "command line."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 Libreoffice Calc"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Libreoffice Calc is a spreadsheat "
#~ "program included by default in Lubuntu."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Useage"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To move between cells press the "
#~ "arrow keys. To enter data into "
#~ "cells type in the keyboard. To "
#~ "select cells left click and drag "
#~ "to select the cells you want. To"
#~ " sum data from cells in the "
#~ "cell where you want the sum is "
#~ "to press the button that looks "
#~ "like Σ character and then drag the"
#~ " mouse over the cells you want "
#~ "to add. To sort your cells in "
#~ "descending order press the button with"
#~ " bullet points and an arrow going "
#~ "down. To sort in ascending order "
#~ "press the button with bullet points "
#~ "and an arrow pointing upwards."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To save your spreadsheet you need "
#~ "to press the button that looks "
#~ "like a floppy disk, press the "
#~ "keyboard shortcut or go to "
#~ ":menuselection:`file --> save`. To save "
#~ "with a different file name "
#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save as`. To "
#~ "open a file press the button that"
#~ " looks like a brown folder and "
#~ "add selct the file you want from"
#~ " the dialog or :menuselection:`File --> "
#~ "Open`. To open a recent document "
#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To copy data you can right click"
#~ " copy, press the button with two "
#~ "pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control"
#~ " + c`. To paste data press "
#~ "control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit "
#~ "--> paste`, right click paste or "
#~ "press the botton that is a "
#~ "clipboard with a piece of paper on"
#~ " it. To cut text press "
#~ ":kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors "
#~ "button to cut text. If you want"
#~ " to paste your text unformatted press"
#~ " :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or "
#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted "
#~ "Text`."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To insert an image press "
#~ ":menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get "
#~ "to the dialog of how to insert "
#~ "a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. "
#~ "The the first selection is to "
#~ "choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, "
#~ "Line, XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, "
#~ "or Column and Line chart. To "
#~ "change the subtype of graph click "
#~ "the pciture of a chart that looks"
#~ " like the type you want."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "If you want to insert a new "
#~ "column to the left of a column "
#~ "right click on the letter for the"
#~ " column Insert column left. If you"
#~ " want the new column to the "
#~ "right is right click on the letter"
#~ " and insert column right. If you "
#~ "want to delete a column right "
#~ "click on the letter and delete "
#~ "column. To insert a row above the"
#~ " current row right click on the "
#~ "number and insert row above. To "
#~ "insert a row below the current row"
#~ " right click on the number and "
#~ "insert row below. To delte a row"
#~ " right click the number delete rows."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To change the size of a row "
#~ "or colum of cells click in between"
#~ " the border of that particular row"
#~ " or column and drag with the "
#~ "mouse to give yourself room."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To zoom to view a full page "
#~ "on your spreadsheet in the menu "
#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire "
#~ "Page`. To view the whole width of"
#~ " your page on the menu "
#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page "
#~ "Width`."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To createa a new spreadsheet in "
#~ "the same file press the button on"
#~ " the bottom that looks like a "
#~ ":guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> "
#~ "Insert Sheet`. To switch between each"
#~ " sheet perss the button on each "
#~ "sheet at the bottom near the "
#~ "button to add a new sheet."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To insert a special character not "
#~ "on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert -->"
#~ " Special Character`."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice Calc."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "How to launch"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To launch libreoffice calc in the "
#~ "menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> "
#~ "Libreoffice Calc` or run"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "from the command line."
#~ msgstr ""

@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:2
msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 Libreoffice Impress"
msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 LibreOffice Impress"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:4
msgid "Libreoffice Impress is a program to present presentations."
msgid "LibreOffice Impress is the program to present presentations on Lubuntu."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10
@ -32,34 +32,38 @@ msgid "Features include:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:7
msgid "in built themes"
msgid "Built in themes"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:8
msgid "sepll check"
msgid "Spell check"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:9
msgid "pdf export"
msgid "PDF export"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10
msgid "images"
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:92
msgid "Images"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:13
msgid "Useage"
msgid "Usage"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:14
msgid ""
"When you open libreoffice impress you will get a dialog to select a "
"templete with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking"
" and then click :guilabel:`open`. To add a title to a slide click where "
"it says click to add title."
"When you open LibreOffice impress you will get a dialog to select a "
"template with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking"
" and then click :guilabel:`Open`. If you want to search for a theme type "
"into the :guilabel:`Search` towards the upper left. To not show the "
"presentation template at startup uncheck the :guilabel:`Show this dialog "
"at startup` checkbox. To add a title to a slide click where it says click"
" to add title."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:16
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18
msgid ""
"To open a previous presentation you have been working on press the button"
" that looks like a folder with a piece of paper in it and navigate to the"
@ -68,10 +72,10 @@ msgid ""
"Documents`. To save your presentation press the button that looks like a "
"floppy disk or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save a new copy under a"
" custom file name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save a file as a "
"pdf :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`."
"PDF :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22
msgid ""
"To type text into a presentation click in one of the boxes for your theme"
" and type in the text with controls for the text on the right hand side. "
@ -81,13 +85,14 @@ msgid ""
":menuselection:`Insert --> Audio or video`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:20
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24
msgid ""
"To change the layout of your slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> "
"Your prefred layout`."
"Your preferred layout`. To set an image as the background of your slide "
":menuselection:`Slide --> Set Background Image`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26
msgid ""
"To apply a bold effects on your fonts select the text with the mouse and "
"then press :kbd:`Control+ B` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> "
@ -97,9 +102,9 @@ msgid ""
":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Underline`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28
msgid ""
"To increaase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or "
"To increase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or "
":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Increase Size`. To decrease your font"
" size press :kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> "
"Decrease Size`. To make text superscript select it and press :kbd:`Shift "
@ -108,15 +113,18 @@ msgid ""
":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Subscript`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30
msgid ""
"To spell check your presentation press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools"
" --> Spellcheck`. If you want to print your slides you can press "
":kbd:`Control + p` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To open up your "
"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`."
"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`. I dialog "
"button will pop up with different settings for your printer. To chose "
"which printer to print to use the :guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To "
"change which slides use the :guilabel:`Range and Copies` button group."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32
msgid ""
"If you want to paste text into a slideshow press :kbd:`Control + V` or "
":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text select it first and then "
@ -126,7 +134,7 @@ msgid ""
"Alt +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:34
msgid ""
"To insert a special character :menuselection:`Insert --> Special "
"Character`. To center your text press :kbd:`Control + E` or "
@ -136,20 +144,22 @@ msgid ""
":menuselection:`Format -->Align --> Left`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36
msgid ""
"To bring up a dialog to customize the character or your text "
":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The :guilabel:`Family` lets you "
"choose the font family for your text. The :guilabel:`Style` is where you "
"can select the of your font. The :guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the "
"font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` tab has even more effects for "
"fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The "
":menuselection:`Format --> Character` or right click on a textbox and "
"select :menuselection:`Character` from the context menu. The "
":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the font family for your text. The "
":guilabel:`Style` is where you can select the of your font. The "
":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the font size. The :guilabel:`Font "
"effects` tab has even more effects for fonts. The drop down "
":guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The "
":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make a style for how to draw lines "
"over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline Color` brings up a drop down menu "
"to choose what color to draw a line over something. The "
":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your text. To have many different "
"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from "
"thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font "
"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from the "
"dropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font "
"appears to be sunken or raised from the presentation use the menu for "
":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you want your text underlined choose an"
" option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu. To change the color of "
@ -161,14 +171,40 @@ msgid ""
"changes how much to scale the width of the font."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40
msgid ""
"To format the paragraphs and spacing of text :menuselection:`Format --> "
"Paragraph`. The :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` Tab has settings for "
"indenting your text and the space between lines. To increase the indent "
"right before the text starts increase the :guilabel:`Before text` field. "
"To change the indentation after your text change the :guilabel:`After "
"text` field. To have a different indent for your first line change the "
":guilabel:`First Line` filed. To change the amount of space above a "
"paragraph change the :guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To change the "
"space below a paragraph change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To "
"change the line spacing from this dialog window select the drop down menu"
" :guilabel:`Line Spacing`. To reset your changes in this window press the"
" :guilabel:`Reset` button. To not apply your changes press the "
":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and exit the window "
"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change settings on the alignment of "
"text is on the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. To choose which way you want "
"your text aligned choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, "
":guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified`. To switch between left to "
"right or right to left text switch the :guilabel:`Text direction` menu."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:45
msgid ""
"To toggle bulleted lists on your points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists "
"--> Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered list for your points "
":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`."
":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`. To move an item up "
"in list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Up` or press "
":kbd:`Shift + Alt + Up`. To move an item down in a list "
":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Down` or press :kbd:`Shift + "
"Alt + Down`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:38
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:47
msgid ""
"To change your line spacing on your presentation :menuselection:`Format "
"--> Spacing --> Line spacing` and select the spacing you want. To "
@ -178,63 +214,137 @@ msgid ""
"Spacing`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:49
msgid ""
"To move settings with a box of text left click on the border of the box "
"of text. To move the text box click and drag on the border. To resize "
"both vertical and horizontal size together left click on the corner and "
"resize the text box. To resize how tall the text box is click the box at "
"the top or bottom and drag to the desired size. To resize the horizontal "
"size only select the box on a veritcal size of the box."
"size only select the box on a vertical size of the box."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:42
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:51
msgid ""
"To search for text press :kbd:`Control + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> "
"Find` to search for text. To find and replaace text press :kbd:`Control +"
" H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`."
"Find` to search for text. To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control + "
"H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`. To move to the next "
"result press the downward pointing arrow. To move to the previous result "
"press the upward pointing arrow."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:44
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:55
msgid ""
"To move a text box around you can left click on the text box and drag it "
"to the desired position. To resize a text box click on the corner and "
"drag to resize to the desired size."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:46
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:57
msgid ""
"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your "
"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you "
"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of "
"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. If you want to "
"delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To replace an image right click the "
"image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring a file picker up to pick a "
"new image. To crop an image right click on the image and select "
":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a presentation right click"
" on the image and select :menuselection:`Save ...`."
"To insert the number of your slide :menuselection:`Insert --> Slide "
"Number`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:50
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:59
msgid ""
"To change the zoom of you presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> "
"Zoom` to bring up a window to manage your zoom. If you just want to zoom "
"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`."
"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To "
"change your zoom to 100 percent :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61
msgid ""
"To bring up a dialog for the properties of your slides controlling "
"background and shape with :menuselection:`Slide --> Properties`. To "
"change the format for a different aspect ratio of projector or print "
"format change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To select a custom "
"width and height change the :guilabel:`Width` or :guilabel:`Height`. To "
"switch to a portrait orientation press the :guilabel:`Portrait` button to"
" the right of :guilabel:`Orientation`. To add margins to slides enter a "
"margin in the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, :guilabel:`Top`, and "
":guilabel:`Bottom`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65
msgid ""
"To change and choose a custom background use the :guilabel:`Background` "
"tab. To choose a solid color background for your slide press the "
":guilabel:`Color` button. To choose a different background color choose a"
" color below the :guilabel:`Color` heading. To change to a different "
"color pallet change the :guilabel:`Palette` drop down menu. To see what "
"your current background color of the slide is shown under the "
":guilabel:`Active` label. To see what color you want to change is under "
":guilabel:`New` as a preview of the new background color. To the "
"individual red, green, and blue of your colors change the :guilabel:`R`. "
":guilabel:`G`, and :guilabel:`B` fields respectively. To change the "
"hexadecimal code for the color change the :guilabel:`Hex` field. To "
"actually change the color press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel your"
" change of background use the :guilabel:`Cancel` button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69
msgid ""
"To choose a smooth transition use the :guilabel:`Gradient` button. To "
"choose a preset gradient left click on the gradient on "
":guilabel:`Gradient` menu. To change the type of gradient use the "
":guilabel:`Type` and select it from the drop down menu. To see a picture "
"of your background it is under the :guilabel:`Preview` text. To switch to"
" manually changing the number of steps in the gradient uncheck "
":guilabel:`Automatic` checkbox and then change the :guilabel:`Increment` "
"field. To change the center of the gradient change the two fields for "
":guilabel:`Center(X/Y)` to change the X and Y coordinates of the center. "
"To rotate the gradient use the :guilabel:`Angle` field. To change your "
"first color of your gradient change the :guilabel:`From Color` drop down "
"menu. To change the second color of the gradient change the :guilabel:`To"
" Color` drop down menu. To change the opacity of either color change the "
"field that is a :guilabel:`Percent` for changing opacity. To change where"
" the color starts change the :guilabel:`Border` field. To choose a bitmap"
" image as your background use the :guilabel:`Bitmap` tab. The "
":guilabel:`Bitmap` to the left shows you the bitmap pictures you can "
"choose. The :guilabel:`Preview` shows you what your background will look "
"like. To change what the bitmap does if it does not fit perfectly use "
":guilabel:`Style` drop menu. To scale as a percent of the image press the"
" :guilabel:`Scale` checkbox. To change the where to start the bitmap "
"change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down menu."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:73
msgid ""
"To change to a geometric pattern for the background of your slide press "
"the :guilabel:`Pattern` button. To select a preset pattern left click on "
"a pattern under the :guilabel:`Pattern` heading. To preview your pattern "
"view in under the text :guilabel:`Preview`. To change the foreground "
"color of your pattern change the :guilabel:`Foreground Color` drop down "
"menu. To change the background color of your pattern change the "
":guilabel:`Background Color` drop down menu. To customize your pattern by"
" a grid left click on the grid under :guilabel:`Pattern Editor`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:52
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:77
msgid ""
"To choose a series of lines as your background press the "
":guilabel:`Hatch` button. To change how far between each line change the "
":guilabel:`Spacing` field. To view what your background will look like it"
" is under the :guilabel:`Preview` window. To rotate the lines change the "
":guilabel:`Angle` field or move the slider. To change the type of lines "
"use the :guilabel:`Line type` drop down menu. To change the color of "
"lines use the :guilabel:`Line Color` drop down menu. To choose a "
"particular background color of your background check the "
":guilabel:`Background Color` checkbox. Then use the :guilabel:`Background"
" Color` drop down menu to choose your background color."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:79
msgid ""
"On the left there is a panel showing what slides you currently have in "
"left side of the window. To insert a new slide right click on this panel "
"on the left and select new slide or press :kbd:`Control + Enter`. To "
"delete a slide on the left hand slide right click and select delete slide"
" or :menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To create another copy of a "
"slide right click and then select duplicate slide. To change the type of "
"slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your choice of slide here` "
"which has many different options."
"To have your slides be transparent use the :guilabel:`Transparency` tab. "
"To change your slides to be transparent click the "
":guilabel:`Transparency` button and to the right to change how "
"transparent to make it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:54
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:81
msgid ""
"To move a slide down :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Down`. To "
"move a slide up :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Up`. To move a "
@ -243,52 +353,121 @@ msgid ""
"end`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:56
msgid ""
"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a tv "
"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the "
"first slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press "
":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow --> Start from current "
"slide`. To exit the slideshow press escape. To get to the next slide of "
"the slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to "
"a previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or "
"right click previous."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:58
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:83
msgid ""
"To view your slides right next to each other :menuselection:`View --> "
"Slide Sorter`. To rearange your slides click and hold a slide and drag "
"Slide Sorter`. To rearrange your slides click and hold a slide and drag "
"the slide between the slides you want to move to. To switch to an outline"
" view of just text :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch to an "
"outline :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch back to your normal "
"view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:85
msgid "To quit LibreOffice impress press :kbd:`Control+Q`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:88
msgid "Screenshot"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:93
msgid ""
"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your "
"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you "
"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of "
"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. To move the "
"image vertically which will distort it left click on the top or bottom "
"boxes to resize the image vertically. To stretch your image horizontally "
"to make it fit left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side to "
"stretch your side. If you want to delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To"
" replace an image right click the image and :menuselection:`Replace` will"
" bring a file picker up to pick a new image. To crop an image right click"
" on the image and select :menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a"
" presentation right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Save "
"...`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:95
msgid ""
"To rotate your image in LibreOffice impress right click on the picture "
":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate`. To rotate the image on the "
"screen horizontally left click on the corner and drag the image to "
"orientation you want. To leave the corners on the opposite side in the "
"same place and move left click on the orange circle on the opposite side "
"and rotate the image that way dragging to the desired position. To change"
" the center of where you rotate click and drag the orange dot in the "
"center. To flip your image vertically right click on the image and select"
" :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Vertically`. To flip your image "
"horizontally right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Rotate "
"or Flip --> Horizontally`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:99
msgid ""
"To send your picture to the back like if you want to put text in front of"
" it :menuselection:`Arrange --> Send to Back`. To send your picture to "
"the front right click on it and :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring to "
"Front`. To send an image behind one layer behind the other "
":menuselection:`Arrange --> Send Backward`. To bring an image forward one"
" layer right click the image :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring Forward`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:102
msgid "Slideshows/Presentations"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:103
msgid ""
"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a TV "
"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from First "
"Slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press :kbd:`Shift + "
"f5` or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from current slide`. To exit "
"the slideshow press :kbd:`escape`. To get to the next slide of the "
"slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to a "
"previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or "
"right click previous. To move back to your first slide press the "
":kbd:`Home` key. To move to your last slide press the :kbd:`End` key."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:105
msgid ""
"To bring up custom settings for your settings :menuselection:`Slide Show "
"--> Slide Show Settings`. To change the presentation to in a window press"
" the :guilabel:`In a window` button. To have the slideshow or "
"presentation repeat afterwards press the :guilabel:`Loop and repeat "
"after:`. To change options on your presentation are under the "
":guilabel:`Options` heading. To toggle showing the mouse pointer "
"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Mouse pointer visible` checkbox. To toggle "
"allowing animations check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Animations allowed` "
"checkbox. To toggle changing slides by clicking with the mouse "
"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Change slides by clicking on background` "
"checkbox. To toggle the presentation always on top check/uncheck the "
":guilabel:`Presentation always on top` checkbox."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:110
msgid "Version"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:66
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice impress."
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:111
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice impress."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69
msgid "How To launch"
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:114
msgid "How To Launch"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:70
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:115
msgid ""
"To launch go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice Impress` "
"or run"
"To launch LibreOffice Impress go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> "
"LibreOffice Impress` or run"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:76
msgid "from the command line."
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:121
msgid ""
"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Impress looks like a "
"piece of paper with a red icon and a chart with bullet points on it."
msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
@ -318,3 +497,263 @@ msgstr ""
#~ "loimpress."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 Libreoffice Impress"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Libreoffice Impress is a program to present presentations."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "in built themes"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "sepll check"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "pdf export"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "images"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Useage"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "When you open libreoffice impress you"
#~ " will get a dialog to select a"
#~ " templete with a preview select which"
#~ " one you want to use by left"
#~ " clicking and then click :guilabel:`open`."
#~ " To add a title to a slide "
#~ "click where it says click to add"
#~ " title."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To open a previous presentation you "
#~ "have been working on press the "
#~ "button that looks like a folder "
#~ "with a piece of paper in it "
#~ "and navigate to the file you want"
#~ " and open it or :menuselection:`File "
#~ "--> Open`. To view your recently "
#~ "opened files press :menuselection:`File -->"
#~ " Recent Documents`. To save your "
#~ "presentation press the button that looks"
#~ " like a floppy disk or "
#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save "
#~ "a new copy under a custom file "
#~ "name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. "
#~ "To save a file as a pdf "
#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To change the layout of your slide"
#~ " :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your"
#~ " prefred layout`."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To increaase your font size press "
#~ ":kbd:`Control + ]` or :menuselection:`Format"
#~ " --> Text --> Increase Size`. To "
#~ "decrease your font size press "
#~ ":kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format"
#~ " --> Text --> Decrease Size`. To "
#~ "make text superscript select it and "
#~ "press :kbd:`Shift + Control +P` or "
#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> "
#~ "Superscript`. To make text subscript "
#~ "select it and press :kbd:`Shift + "
#~ "Control + B` or :menuselection:`Format "
#~ "--> Text --> Subscript`."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To spell check your presentation press"
#~ " :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools --> "
#~ "Spellcheck`. If you want to print "
#~ "your slides you can press :kbd:`Control"
#~ " + p` or :menuselection:`File --> "
#~ "Print`. To open up your printer "
#~ "settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer "
#~ "Settings`."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To bring up a dialog to customize"
#~ " the character or your text "
#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The "
#~ ":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the "
#~ "font family for your text. The "
#~ ":guilabel:`Style` is where you can "
#~ "select the of your font. The "
#~ ":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the "
#~ "font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` "
#~ "tab has even more effects for "
#~ "fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font "
#~ "Label` changes your font color. The "
#~ ":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make "
#~ "a style for how to draw lines "
#~ "over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline "
#~ "Color` brings up a drop down menu"
#~ " to choose what color to draw a"
#~ " line over something. The "
#~ ":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your "
#~ "text. To have many different "
#~ "strikethrough effects to your text "
#~ "select the one you want from "
#~ "thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To "
#~ "change whether the font appears to "
#~ "be sunken or raised from the "
#~ "presentation use the menu for "
#~ ":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you "
#~ "want your text underlined choose an "
#~ "option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu."
#~ " To change the color of your "
#~ "underline use the :guilabel:`Underline color`"
#~ " menu. To have effects with how "
#~ "your is vertically with the rest "
#~ "of the line select the "
#~ ":guilabel:`Position` tab. To make your "
#~ "text superscript press the "
#~ ":guilabel:`Superscript` button. To make your"
#~ " text subscript press the "
#~ ":guilabel:`Subscript` button. The menu for "
#~ ":guilabel:`Scale width` changes how much "
#~ "to scale the width of the font."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To toggle bulleted lists on your "
#~ "points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists -->"
#~ " Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered"
#~ " list for your points "
#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered"
#~ " Lists`."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To move settings with a box of "
#~ "text left click on the border of"
#~ " the box of text. To move the"
#~ " text box click and drag on the"
#~ " border. To resize both vertical and"
#~ " horizontal size together left click "
#~ "on the corner and resize the text"
#~ " box. To resize how tall the "
#~ "text box is click the box at "
#~ "the top or bottom and drag to "
#~ "the desired size. To resize the "
#~ "horizontal size only select the box "
#~ "on a veritcal size of the box."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To search for text press :kbd:`Control"
#~ " + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> "
#~ "Find` to search for text. To find"
#~ " and replaace text press :kbd:`Control "
#~ "+ H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find"
#~ " and Replace`."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To insert an image click "
#~ ":menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag "
#~ "your image to where you want it"
#~ " left click and drag the mouse "
#~ "to where you want the image. To"
#~ " resize the image without distorting "
#~ "it click one of the boxes on "
#~ "the corner and resize to the size"
#~ " you wish. If you want to "
#~ "delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To"
#~ " replace an image right click the "
#~ "image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring"
#~ " a file picker up to pick a "
#~ "new image. To crop an image right"
#~ " click on the image and select "
#~ ":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image "
#~ "out of a presentation right click "
#~ "on the image and select "
#~ ":menuselection:`Save ...`."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To change the zoom of you "
#~ "presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom -->"
#~ " Zoom` to bring up a window to"
#~ " manage your zoom. If you just "
#~ "want to zoom to fit the page "
#~ "width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> "
#~ "Page Width`."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "On the left there is a panel "
#~ "showing what slides you currently have"
#~ " in left side of the window. To"
#~ " insert a new slide right click "
#~ "on this panel on the left and "
#~ "select new slide or press :kbd:`Control"
#~ " + Enter`. To delete a slide on"
#~ " the left hand slide right click "
#~ "and select delete slide or "
#~ ":menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To"
#~ " create another copy of a slide "
#~ "right click and then select duplicate"
#~ " slide. To change the type of "
#~ "slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout -->"
#~ " Your choice of slide here` which "
#~ "has many different options."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` "
#~ "or the button the looks like a "
#~ "tv with a triangle on it or "
#~ ":menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the"
#~ " first slide.` To start a slideshow"
#~ " from the current slide press "
#~ ":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow"
#~ " --> Start from current slide`. To"
#~ " exit the slideshow press escape. To"
#~ " get to the next slide of the"
#~ " slideshow left click or press the"
#~ " :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to"
#~ " a previous slide in presentation "
#~ "mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` "
#~ "or right click previous."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To view your slides right next to"
#~ " each other :menuselection:`View --> Slide"
#~ " Sorter`. To rearange your slides "
#~ "click and hold a slide and drag"
#~ " the slide between the slides you "
#~ "want to move to. To switch to "
#~ "an outline view of just text "
#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch"
#~ " to an outline :menuselection:`View --> "
#~ "Outline`. To switch back to your "
#~ "normal view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice impress."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "How To launch"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To launch go to the menu "
#~ ":menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice Impress` "
#~ "or run"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "from the command line."
#~ msgstr ""

@ -10,55 +10,57 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:2
msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 Libreoffice Math"
msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 LibreOffice Math"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:5
msgid "Version"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:6
msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice math."
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:4
msgid ""
"LibreOffice Math is the default application for typesetting equations on "
"Lubuntu."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:9
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:7
msgid "Screenshot"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:13
msgid "Useage"
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:11
msgid "Usage"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:14
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:12
msgid ""
"To save your formula you have written in libreoffice math press "
"To save your formula you have written in LibreOffice math press "
":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To open a file press"
" :kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File --> Open`. To print your "
"fomrula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`."
"formula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To "
"view your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To"
" save a file as a different name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or "
":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To view your recent files "
":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:16
msgid ""
"To paste text into libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or "
":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from libreoffice math press"
"To paste text into LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or "
":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from LibreOffice math press"
" :kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text from "
"libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> "
"LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> "
"Cut`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:18
msgid ""
"To undo changes in libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or "
"To undo changes in LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or "
":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo a change you have undone press "
":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`."
msgstr ""
@ -70,18 +72,40 @@ msgid ""
"Symbols`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:23
msgid "How to launch"
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:22
msgid ""
"To change the fonts of your formulas :menuselection:`Format --> Fonts` "
"which brings up a window for fonts for different contexts. To change your"
" font size :menuselection:`Format --> Font sizes`. To bring up a menu to "
"change your alignment :menuselection:`Format --> Alignment`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:24
msgid "To quit LibreOffice Math press :kbd:`Control+Q`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:27
msgid "Version"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:28
msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice math."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:31
msgid "How to Launch"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:32
msgid ""
"To launch libreoffice math in the menu :menuselection:`office --> "
"libreoffice math` or run"
"To launch LibreOffice math in the menu :menuselection:`Office --> "
"LibreOffice Math` or run"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:30
msgid "from the command line."
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:38
msgid ""
"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Math looks like a piece "
"of paper with the math symbol for square root of x."
msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
@ -91,3 +115,55 @@ msgstr ""
#~ "line."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 Libreoffice Math"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice math."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Useage"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To save your formula you have "
#~ "written in libreoffice math press "
#~ ":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File -->"
#~ " Save`. To open a file press "
#~ ":kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File -->"
#~ " Open`. To print your fomrula press"
#~ " :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File "
#~ "--> Print`."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To paste text into libreoffice math "
#~ "press :kbd:`Control +V` or "
#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy "
#~ "text from libreoffice math press "
#~ ":kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> "
#~ "Copy`. To cut text from libreoffice "
#~ "math press :kbd:`Control +X` or "
#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To undo changes in libreoffice math "
#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Z` or "
#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo "
#~ "a change you have undone press "
#~ ":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit -->"
#~ " Redo`."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "How to launch"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To launch libreoffice math in the "
#~ "menu :menuselection:`office --> libreoffice "
#~ "math` or run"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "from the command line."
#~ msgstr ""

Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More

Loading…
Cancel
Save